US20030175813A1 - Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5- (4"-dimethylaminophenyl) -2- (4' -phenyl) oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes - Google Patents
Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5- (4"-dimethylaminophenyl) -2- (4' -phenyl) oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20030175813A1 US20030175813A1 US10/366,451 US36645103A US2003175813A1 US 20030175813 A1 US20030175813 A1 US 20030175813A1 US 36645103 A US36645103 A US 36645103A US 2003175813 A1 US2003175813 A1 US 2003175813A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- containers
- target molecule
- multiplicity
- protein
- thermal unfolding
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 title description 159
- 238000002849 thermal shift Methods 0.000 title description 135
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 title description 5
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 title description 2
- 150000007978 oxazole derivatives Chemical class 0.000 title 1
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 133
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 64
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 293
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 289
- 230000012846 protein folding Effects 0.000 claims description 40
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 39
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 36
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 claims description 33
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 claims description 32
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 25
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 108020005087 unfolded proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000029983 protein stabilization Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000004153 renaturation Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- ISNKSXRJJVWFIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (sulfonylamino)amine Chemical compound NN=S(=O)=O ISNKSXRJJVWFIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- CQHYICHMGNSGQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-oxazole-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=NC=CO1 CQHYICHMGNSGQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 3
- OVIZSQRQYWEGON-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1-sulfonamide Chemical compound CCCCS(N)(=O)=O OVIZSQRQYWEGON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 268
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 description 152
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 151
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 128
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 124
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 110
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 85
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 80
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 78
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 55
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 description 54
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 54
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 54
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 46
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 44
- FWEOQOXTVHGIFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-anilinonaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=CC=CC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 FWEOQOXTVHGIFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 34
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 34
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 34
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 34
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 33
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 32
- 102100023593 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 31
- 101710182386 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 30
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 30
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 26
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 26
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 24
- INHCSSUBVCNVSK-UHFFFAOYSA-L lithium sulfate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O INHCSSUBVCNVSK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 24
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 24
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 24
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 24
- 102000003971 Fibroblast Growth Factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 108090000386 Fibroblast Growth Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 20
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 20
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 17
- -1 pivaloyloxymethyl Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 15
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 102000003990 Urokinase-type plasminogen activator Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108090000435 Urokinase-type plasminogen activator Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 14
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108091008794 FGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102000044168 Fibroblast Growth Factor Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000003000 inclusion body Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 230000006432 protein unfolding Effects 0.000 description 13
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 12
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 12
- 108010074860 Factor Xa Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000003974 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000006854 communication Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 10
- MGVRBUNKWISLAM-DQWUKECYSA-N (4s)-5-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-2-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]-[(2s)-4-methyl-1-oxo-1-sulfooxypentan-2-yl]amino]-4-carboxy-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino]-4-[[(2s)-1-[(2s,3s)-2-[[(2s)-4-carboxy-2-[[(2s)-4-carboxy-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-3-carboxy-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2,4-diamino- Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N([C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MGVRBUNKWISLAM-DQWUKECYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 9
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 108010059239 hirugen Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229960005314 suramin Drugs 0.000 description 9
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 8
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 8
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- FIAFUQMPZJWCLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N suramin Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=C2C(NC(=O)C3=CC=C(C(=C3)NC(=O)C=3C=C(NC(=O)NC=4C=C(C=CC=4)C(=O)NC=4C(=CC=C(C=4)C(=O)NC=4C5=C(C=C(C=C5C(=CC=4)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)C)C=CC=3)C)=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C2=C1 FIAFUQMPZJWCLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- VTRBOZNMGVDGHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(4-methylanilino)naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical group C1=CC(C)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C=C(C=C2)S(O)(=O)=O)C2=C1 VTRBOZNMGVDGHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108050001186 Chaperonin Cpn60 Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000052603 Chaperonins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 102000013009 Pyruvate Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108020005115 Pyruvate Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229960005356 urokinase Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 6
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 6
- 239000007993 MOPS buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000009697 arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000113 differential scanning calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004617 QSAR study Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003367 kinetic assay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000030788 protein refolding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- DTFZXNJFEIZTJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 6-anilinonaphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical group C1=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=C2C=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 DTFZXNJFEIZTJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 4
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229920002594 Polyethylene Glycol 8000 Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 4
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000007707 calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 4
- VWLWTJHKQHRTNC-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium;8-anilino-5-(4-anilino-5-sulfonatonaphthalen-1-yl)naphthalene-1-sulfonate Chemical group [K+].[K+].C=12C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=CC2=C(C=2C3=CC=CC(=C3C(NC=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 VWLWTJHKQHRTNC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 102100024341 10 kDa heat shock protein, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100038222 60 kDa heat shock protein, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010059013 Chaperonin 10 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010058432 Chaperonin 60 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- LLKJHSDOKTVQNQ-IUCAKERBSA-N Glu-Gly-Arg-chloromethylketone Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)CCl)CCCNC(N)=N LLKJHSDOKTVQNQ-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010053070 Glutathione Disulfide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108010007267 Hirudins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000007625 Hirudins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101001052035 Homo sapiens Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 3
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- KSXQTGMWWMBCIP-VXMGFIRPSA-N [(2s,3r,4s,5s,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-6-oxo-1,2,4,5-tetrasulfooxy-6-[3-[[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-2,3,5,6-tetrasulfooxy-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5s,6r)-3,4,5-trisulfooxy-6-(sulfooxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxyhexanoyl]amino]propylamino]hexan-3-yl]oxy-3,5-disulfooxy-6-(sulfooxymethyl)oxan- Chemical compound O([C@H]([C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)COS(=O)(=O)O)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)NCCCNC(=O)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H](O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O1)OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O KSXQTGMWWMBCIP-VXMGFIRPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003271 compound fluorescence assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-BJDJZHNGSA-N glutathione disulfide Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC(O)=O)CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)NCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-BJDJZHNGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940006607 hirudin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N hirudin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(OS(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N2)=O)CSSC1)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)CSSC1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 3
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 230000000886 photobiology Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012827 research and development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 3
- KWPACVJPAFGBEQ-IKGGRYGDSA-N (2s)-1-[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]-n-[(3s)-1-chloro-6-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-oxohexan-3-yl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C([C@@H](N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)CCl)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWPACVJPAFGBEQ-IKGGRYGDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEANZWXEJRRYTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-[(6-hexadecanoylnaphthalen-2-yl)-methylamino]ethyl-trimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(N(C)CC[N+](C)(C)C)C=CC2=CC(C(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)=CC=C21 HEANZWXEJRRYTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- OGQSKUQBPUTFHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[1-[6-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-2-yl]ethylidene]propanedinitrile Chemical compound C1=C(C(C)=C(C#N)C#N)C=CC2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C21 OGQSKUQBPUTFHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DTFZXNJFEIZTJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-anilinonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C2C=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 DTFZXNJFEIZTJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWTQSFXGGICVPE-WCCKRBBISA-N Arginine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N KWTQSFXGGICVPE-WCCKRBBISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000651448 Bos taurus Prothrombin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000008000 CHES buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000012199 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101900063004 Halobacterium halobium Bacteriorhodopsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000609255 Homo sapiens Plasminogen activator inhibitor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004882 Lipase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001060 Lipase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004367 Lipase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102100024295 Maltase-glucoamylase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000003505 Myosin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060008487 Myosin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MKWKNSIESPFAQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-cyclohexyl-2-aminoethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCNC1CCCCC1 MKWKNSIESPFAQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001030 Polyethylene Glycol 4000 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002584 Polyethylene Glycol 6000 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010094028 Prothrombin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100027378 Prothrombin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000010799 Receptor Interactions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010022394 Threonine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003281 allosteric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010028144 alpha-Glucosidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000001420 bacteriolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010055460 bivalirudin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OIRCOABEOLEUMC-GEJPAHFPSA-N bivalirudin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 OIRCOABEOLEUMC-GEJPAHFPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003593 chromogenic compound Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005515 coenzyme Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004154 complement system Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001295 dansyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H])=C2C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C(C2=C1[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000004419 dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000015694 estrogen receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010038795 estrogen receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000198 fluorescence anisotropy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002866 fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002189 fluorescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium chloride Chemical class [Cl-].NC(N)=[NH2+] PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 102000043283 human SERPINE1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000831 ionic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 2
- JHDGGIDITFLRJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N laurdan Chemical compound C1=C(N(C)C)C=CC2=CC(C(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC)=CC=C21 JHDGGIDITFLRJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019421 lipase Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 101150024228 mdm2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000009456 molecular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940043138 pentosan polysulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940093429 polyethylene glycol 6000 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940039716 prothrombin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009790 rate-determining step (RDS) Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005185 salting out Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 2
- NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc sulfate Chemical compound [Zn+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000368 zinc sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011686 zinc sulphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- OEANUJAFZLQYOD-CXAZCLJRSA-N (2r,3s,4r,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4r,5r,6r)-5-acetamido-3-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-methoxyoxan-4-yl]oxy-4,5-dihydroxy-3-methoxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](OC)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](C(O)=O)O1 OEANUJAFZLQYOD-CXAZCLJRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCKYRQRGZIOXSQ-YUFRUUSSSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2r)-4-carboxy-2-[[(2s)-4-carboxy-2-[[(2r)-1-[(2s,3s)-2-[[(2r)-1-[(2s)-4-carboxy-2-[[(2r)-2-(3-carboxypropanoylamino)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carb Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](CC1CCCCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)CCC(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LCKYRQRGZIOXSQ-YUFRUUSSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLFYEJLWSPRLPB-NETUVYTNSA-N (4s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[(2s,3s)-2-[[(2s)-4-carboxy-2-[[(2s)-4-carboxy-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-3-carboxy-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2,4-diamino-4-oxobutanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-ca Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 VLFYEJLWSPRLPB-NETUVYTNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRPQOOFYAFVXKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-oxazole-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=NC=CO1 RRPQOOFYAFVXKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEVMXQIEZQIHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-iodo-n-(2',4',5',7'-tetrabromo-3',6'-dihydroxy-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-5-yl)acetamide Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(NC(=O)CI)=CC=C2C21C1=CC(Br)=C(O)C(Br)=C1OC1=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 BJEVMXQIEZQIHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPANETAWYGDRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzenecarboximidamide Chemical compound NC(=N)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 WPANETAWYGDRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNCYFNAQLNQTDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(2-methylanilino)naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C=C(C=C2)S(O)(=O)=O)C2=C1 ZNCYFNAQLNQTDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMJIMMOCXHMQJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(3-methylanilino)naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(NC=2C=C3C=CC(=CC3=CC=2)S(O)(=O)=O)=C1 VMJIMMOCXHMQJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEQXXQFTJDKYAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(cyclohexylamino)naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C2C=C1NC1CCCCC1 LEQXXQFTJDKYAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MLWGJWPCYRPPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(dimethylamino)naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=CC2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C21 MLWGJWPCYRPPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGKOJZBNNSRXRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(n-methylanilino)naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=CC2=CC=1N(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 MGKOJZBNNSRXRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SEMRCUIXRUXGJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-aminonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=CC2=CC(N)=CC=C21 SEMRCUIXRUXGJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxyfluorescein Chemical compound C12=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C11OC(=O)C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C21 BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKGPJODWTZCHGF-KQYNXXCUSA-N 6-thioinosinic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(S)=C2N=C1 NKGPJODWTZCHGF-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWOWVPQETSDEAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-anilino-5-(4-anilinonaphthalen-1-yl)-2h-naphthalene-1,1-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(S(=O)(=O)O)(S(O)(=O)=O)CC=CC2=C(C=2C3=CC=CC=C3C(NC=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=2)C=CC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 GWOWVPQETSDEAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004411 Antithrombin III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000935 Antithrombin III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007592 Apolipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071619 Apolipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010077805 Bacterial Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000609447 Beet necrotic yellow vein virus (isolate Japan/S) Protein P25 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000984310 Bos taurus Carbonic anhydrase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910001369 Brass Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical class NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000045 Dermatan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000026019 Fanconi renotubular syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000724791 Filamentous phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930191892 Formycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- KBHMEHLJSZMEMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formycin A Natural products N1N=C2C(N)=NC=NC2=C1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1O KBHMEHLJSZMEMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000045 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010093488 His-His-His-His-His-His Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000827746 Homo sapiens Fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000638886 Homo sapiens Urokinase-type plasminogen activator Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000144 Human Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003839 Human Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010031101 MDL 28050 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026262 Metalloproteinase inhibitor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016943 Muramidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014251 Muramidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ONXPDKGXOOORHB-BYPYZUCNSA-N N(5)-methyl-L-glutamine Chemical compound CNC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O ONXPDKGXOOORHB-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010080798 N(alpha)-(2-naphthylsulfonylglycyl)-4-amidinophenylalanine piperidide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010062010 N-Acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XQVWYOYUZDUNRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Phenyl-1-naphthylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC2=CC=CC=C2C=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 XQVWYOYUZDUNRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEQFTVQCIQJIQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Phenyl-2-naphthylamine Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 KEQFTVQCIQJIQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007399 Nuclear hormone receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005497 Nuclear hormone receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016979 Other receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000008118 PEG 6000 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013566 Plasminogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051456 Plasminogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920005372 Plexiglas® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010001267 Protein Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002067 Protein Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000012479 Serine Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022999 Serine Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700005078 Synthetic Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052775 Thulium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010031372 Tissue Inhibitor of Metalloproteinase-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011481 absorbance measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005042 acyloxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001772 anti-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002429 anti-coagulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004019 antithrombin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005348 antithrombin iii Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003589 arginine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azobenzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPABQMWFWCMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benethamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCC1=CC=CC=C1 UPABQMWFWCMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N beta-cyclodextrin Chemical compound OC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1CO WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002306 biochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005842 biochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001500 bivalirudin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010951 brass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000337 buffer salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009134 cell regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010267 cellular communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007248 cellular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003841 chloride salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001914 chlorine tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TVWHTOUAJSGEKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorine trioxide Chemical compound [O]Cl(=O)=O TVWHTOUAJSGEKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002983 circular dichroism Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007819 clotting time assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004186 co-expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010226 confocal imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002826 coolant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002079 cooperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012926 crystallographic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000172 cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013480 data collection Methods 0.000 description 1
- LROAUBRDKLVBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dcvj Chemical compound C1CCC2=CC(C=C(C#N)C#N)=CC3=C2N1CCC3 LROAUBRDKLVBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007123 defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003398 denaturant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043237 diethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012912 drug discovery process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003596 drug target Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013462 factorial design experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011152 fibreglass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010073651 fibrinmonomer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003480 fibrinolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical class O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001917 fluorescence detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 description 1
- VEPYXRRTOARCQD-IGPDFVGCSA-N formycin Chemical compound N1=N[C]2C(N)=NC=NC2=C1[C@@H]1O[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O VEPYXRRTOARCQD-IGPDFVGCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003574 free electron Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000034356 gene-regulatory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006104 gene-regulatory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012188 high-throughput screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013090 high-throughput technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010005908 hirudin (53-64) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010075619 hirutonin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000055705 human FGFR1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003832 immune regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006317 isomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000111 isothermal titration calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012804 iterative process Methods 0.000 description 1
- DZFWNZJKBJOGFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N julolidine Chemical compound C1CCC2=CC=CC3=C2N1CCC3 DZFWNZJKBJOGFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052743 krypton Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N krypton atom Chemical compound [Kr] DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000031700 light absorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000274 lysozyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004325 lysozyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010335 lysozyme Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- NJTGANWAUPEOAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N molport-023-220-454 Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO NJTGANWAUPEOAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000014508 negative regulation of coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- LGQLOGILCSXPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel sulfate Chemical compound [Ni+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O LGQLOGILCSXPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000363 nickel(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VOFUROIFQGPCGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N nile red Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=NC4=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C4OC3=CC(=O)C2=C1 VOFUROIFQGPCGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidized gamma-L-glutamyl-L-cysteinylglycine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(=O)NC(C(=O)NCC(O)=O)CSSCC(C(=O)NCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CCC(N)C(O)=O YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005633 phthalidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010118 platelet activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002704 polyhistidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010071286 prethrombins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000328 pro-aggregatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004845 protein aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011546 protein dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009822 protein phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012460 protein solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001525 receptor binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006176 redox buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000022983 regulation of cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000026267 regulation of growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011896 sensitive detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009919 sequestration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000030938 small GTPase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060007624 small GTPase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- CMZUMMUJMWNLFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium metavanadate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-][V](=O)=O CMZUMMUJMWNLFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007614 solvation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000967 suction filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WGTODYJZXSJIAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O WGTODYJZXSJIAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010512 thermal transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001931 thermography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003766 thrombin (human) Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036964 tight binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007838 tissue remodeling Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000009529 zinc sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000166 zirconium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/58—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving labelled substances
- G01N33/582—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving labelled substances with fluorescent label
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/536—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with immune complex formed in liquid phase
- G01N33/537—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with immune complex formed in liquid phase with separation of immune complex from unbound antigen or antibody
- G01N33/5375—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with immune complex formed in liquid phase with separation of immune complex from unbound antigen or antibody by changing the physical or chemical properties of the medium or immunochemicals, e.g. temperature, density, pH, partitioning
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to the screening of compound and combinatorial libraries. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for performing assays, particularly thermal shift assays.
- a combinatorial library is a collection of chemical compounds which have been generated, by either chemical synthesis or biological synthesis, by combining a number of chemical “building blocks” as reagents.
- a combinatorial polypeptide library is formed by combining a set of amino acids in every possible way for a given compound length (i.e., the number of amino acids in a polypeptide compound). Millions of chemical compounds can theoretically be synthesized through such combinatorial mixing of chemical building blocks.
- DirectedDiversity® is a computer based, iterative process for generating chemical entities with defined physical, chemical and/or bioactive properties.
- the DirectedDiversity® system is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,463,564, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- each compound in the library is equilibrated with a target molecule of interest, such as an enzyme.
- a target molecule of interest such as an enzyme.
- a variety of approaches have been used to screen combinatorial libraries for lead compounds. For example, in an encoded library, each compound in a chemical combinatorial library can be made so that an oligonucleotide “tag” is linked to it. A careful record is kept of the nucleic acid tag sequence for each compound. A compound which exerts an effect on the target enzyme is selected by amplifying its nucleic acid tag using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- a filamentous phage display peptide library can be screened for binding to a biotinylated antibody, receptor or other binding protein.
- the bound phage is used to infect bacterial cells and the displayed determinant (i.e., the peptide ligand) is then identified (Scott, J. K. et al., Science 249:386-390(1990)).
- This approach suffers from several drawbacks. It is time consuming. Peptides which are toxic to the phage or to the bacterium cannot be studied. Moreover, the researcher is limited to investigating peptide compounds.
- a challenge presented by currently available combinatorial library screening technologies is that they provide no information about the relative binding affinities of different ligands for a receptor protein. This is true whether the process for generating a combinatorial library involves phage library display of peptides (Scott, J. K. et al, Science 249:386-390 (1990)), random synthetic peptide arrays (Lam, K. S. et al., Nature 354:82-84 (1991)), encoded chemical libraries (Brenner, S. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5381-5383 (1992)), the method of Hudson (Intl. Appl. WO 94/05394), or most recently, combinatorial organic synthesis (Gordon, E. et al., J. Med. Chem. 37:1385-1399 (1994)).
- a given assay is not applicable to more than one receptor. That is, when a new receptor becomes available for testing, a new assay must be developed. For many receptors, reliable assays are simply not available. Even if an assay does exist, it may not lend itself to automation. Further, if a K i is the endpoint to be measured in a kinetic assay, one must first guess at the concentration of inhibitor to use, perform the assay, and then perform additional assays using at least six different concentrations of inhibitor. If one guesses too low, an inhibitor will not exert its inhibitory effect at the suboptimal concentration tested.
- Thermal protein unfolding, or thermal “shift,” assays have been used to determine whether a given ligand binds to a target receptor protein.
- a change in a biophysical parameter of a protein is monitored as a function of increasing temperature.
- the physical parameter measured is the change in heat capacity as a protein undergoes temperature induced unfolding transitions.
- Differential scanning calorimetry has been used to measure the affinity of a panel of azobenzene ligands for streptavidin (Weber, P. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 16:2717-2724 (1994)).
- the recombinant protein When bacterial cells are used to overexpress exogenous proteins, the recombinant protein is often sequestered in bacterial cell inclusion bodies. For the recombinant protein to be useful, it must be purified from the inclusion bodies. During the purification process, the recombinant protein is denatured and must then be renatured. It is impossible to predict the renaturation conditions that will facilitate and optimize proper refolding of a given recombinant protein. Usually, a number of renaturing conditions must be tried before a satisfactory set of conditions is discovered.
- thermal shift assays have not been performed that way. Instead, the conventional approach to performing thermal shift assays has been to heat and assay only one sample at a time. That is, researchers conventionally 1) heat a sample to a desired temperature in a heating apparatus; 2) assay a physical change, such as absorption of light or change in secondary, tertiary, or quaternary protein structure; 3) heat the samples to the next highest desired temperature; 4) assay for a physical change; and 5) continue this process repeatedly until the sample has been assayed at the highest desired temperature.
- Fluorescent molecules whose spectra or quantum yields are sensitive to their environments are valuable in the study of heterogeneous media, organized media and biological media and many fluorescent dyes have been developed for these applications.
- many dyes either have short absorption and emission wavelengths (potentially causing high background due to the auto fluorescence of samples), low extinction coefficients, low quantum yields, or small Stokes shifts.
- Rapid, high-throughput screening using fluorescence methodologies would also be facilitated by the use of fluorescence probe molecules that fluoresce at wavelengths longer than fluorescence molecules such as 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonate. That is because many molecules in compound and combinatorial libraries fluoresce at the same wavelengths at which fluorescence probe molecules fluoresce.
- plastic microplates used in high-throughput screening assays may also fluoresce at the same wavelengths at which fluorescence probe molecules fluoresce.
- the present invention provides a method for ranking the affinity of each of a multiplicity of different molecules for a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising (a) contacting the target molecule with one molecule of a multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of a 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the molecules in the multiplicity of different molecules; and (f) ranking the affinities of each of the molecules according to the difference in the thermal
- the present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the affinity of a combination of two or more of a multiplicity of different molecules for a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the target molecule with a combination of two or more different molecules of the multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring in the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature in each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the two or more different molecules; and (f) ranking the affin
- the present invention also provides a method for assaying a collection of a multiplicity of different molecules for a molecule which binds to a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the target molecule with a collection of at least two molecules of the multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of a 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the multiplicity of different molecules; and (f) ranking the affin
- the present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the efficacy of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions for stabilizing a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the target molecule with one or more of the multiplicity of biochemical conditions, in the presence of a 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and (f) ranking the efficacies of each of
- the present invention also provides a multi-variable method for optimizing the shelf life of a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the target molecule with one or more of a multiplicity of different molecules or different biochemical conditions, in the presence of a 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and (f) ranking the efficacies of each of the biochemical conditions for each of the containers according to
- the present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the efficacies of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions to facilitate the refolding or renaturation of a sample of a denatured or unfolded protein, the method comprising: (a) placing one of the refolded protein samples, in the presence of a 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers, wherein each of the refolded protein samples has been previously refolded or renatured according to one or more of the multiplicity of conditions; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and
- the present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the efficacies of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions to facilitate the refolding or renaturation of a sample of a denatured unfolded protein, the method comprising: (a) determining one or more combinations of a multiplicity of different conditions which promote protein stabililty, incubating denatured protein under the one or more combinations of biochemical conditions that were identified as promoting protein stabilization; (b) assessing folded protein yield; (c) ranking the efficacies of the multiplicity of different refolding conditions according to folded protein yield; and (d) repeating these steps until a combination of biochemical conditions that promote optimal protein folding are identified.
- the present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the efficacy of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions for facilitating the crystallization of a protein which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the protein with one or more of the multiplicity of different biochemical conditions, in the presence of a 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and (f) ranking the efficacies of
- Multi-variable optimization problems require large numbers of parallel experiments to collect as much data as possible in order to determine which variables influence a favorable response.
- multi-variable optimization problems require large numbers of parallel experiments to collect as much data as possible in order to determine which variables influence protein stabililty.
- both protein crystallization and quantitative structure activity relationship analyses have greatly benefited from mass screening protocols that employ matrix arrays of incremental changes in biochemical or chemical composition.
- the methods and apparatus of the present invention facilitate the construction of a quantitative model that relates different biochemical conditions to experimentally measured protein stability, ligand specificity, folded protein yield, and crystallized protein yield.
- biochemical conditions that have an additive effect on protein stability Once a set of biochemical conditions that facilitate an increase in protein stability have been identified using the thermal shift assay, the same set of conditions can be used in protein folding experiments with recombinant protein. If the conditions that promote protein stability in the thermal shift assay correlate with conditions that promote folding of recombinant protein, conditions can be further optimized by performing additional thermal shift assays until a combination of stabilizing conditions that result in further increase protein stability are identified. Recombinant protein is then folded under those conditions. This process is repeated until optimal folding conditions are identified.
- the present invention offers a number of advantages over previous technologies that are employed to optimize multi-variable events such as protein stabilization, ligand binding, protein folding, and protein crystallization. Foremost among these advantages is that the present invention facilitates high throughput screening.
- the use of 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes to practice the microplate thermal shift assay of the present invention affords increased assay sensitivity and increased assay throughput, because these dyes have long emission wavelengths, high extinction coefficients, high quantum yields, and large Stokes shifts.
- the methods of the present invention offers a number of advantages over previous technologies that are employed to screen combinatorial libraries. Foremost among these advantages is that the present invention facilitates high throughput screening of combinatorial libraries for lead compounds. Many current library screening technologies simply indicate whether a ligand binds to a receptor or not. In that case, no quantitative information is provided. No information about the relative binding affinities of a series of ligands is provided. In contrast, the present invention facilitates the ranking of a series of compounds for their relative affinities for a target receptor. With this information in hand, a structure-activity relationship can be developed for a set of compounds. The ease, reproducibility, and speed of using ligand-dependent changes in midpoint unfolding temperature (T m ) to rank relative binding affinities makes the present invention a powerful tool in the drug discovery process.
- T m midpoint unfolding temperature
- the conventional kinetic screening approach requires at least six additional well assays at six different concentrations of inhibitor to determine a K i .
- throughput is enhanced ⁇ 6 fold over the enzyme based assays because one complete binding experiment can be performed in each well of a multiwell microplate.
- the kinetic screening approached are even further limited by the usual compromise between dilution and signal detection, which usually occurs at a protein concentration of about 1 nM.
- the calorimetric approaches either differential scanning calorimetry or isothermal titrating calorimetry, are at an even worse disadvantage since they are limited to solitary binding experiments, usually 1 per hour.
- the present invention affords a wide dynamic range of measurable binding affinities, from ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 to 10 ⁇ 15 M, in a single well.
- a very important advantage of the present invention is that it can be applied universally to any receptor that is a drug target. Thus, it is not necessary to invent a new assay every time a new receptor becomes available for testing.
- the receptor under study is an enzyme
- researchers can determine the rank order of affinity of a series of compounds more quickly and more easily than they can using conventional kinetic methods.
- researchers can detect ligand binding to an enzyme, regardless of whether binding occurs at the active site, at an allosteric cofactor binding site, or at a receptor subunit interface.
- the present invention is equally applicable to non-enzyme receptors, such as proteins and nucleic acids.
- FIG. 1 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay for ligands which bind to the active site of human ⁇ -thrombin (with turbidity as the experimental signal).
- FIG. 2 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay for ligands which bind to acidic fibroblast growth factor (aFGF) (with turbidity as the experimental signal).
- aFGF acidic fibroblast growth factor
- FIG. 3 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay for ligand binding to the active site of human ⁇ -thrombin (with fluorescence emission as the experimental signal).
- the lines drawn through the data points represent non-linear least squares curve fits of the data using the equation shown at the bottom of the figure. There are five fitting parameters for this equation of y(T) vs.
- T (1) y f , the pre-transitional fluorescence for the native protein; (2) y u , the post-transitional fluorescence for the unfolded protein; (3) T m , the temperature at the midpoint for the unfolding transition; (4) ⁇ H u , the van't Hoff unfolding enthalpy change; and (5) ⁇ C pu , the change in heat capacity upon protein unfolding.
- the non-linear least squares curve fitting was accomplished using KALEIDAGRAPHTM 3.0 software (Synergy Software, Reading Pa.), which allows the five fitting parameters to float while utilizing Marquardt methods for the minimization of the sum of the squared residuals.
- FIG. 4 shows the result of a microplate thermal shift assay of ligands which bind to the D(II) domain of human FGF receptor 1 (D(II) FGFR1) (with fluorescence emission as the experimental signal).
- the lines drawn through the data points represent non-linear least squares curve fits of the data using the equation shown at the bottom of the figure, as described for FIG. 3.
- FIG. 5 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay for Factor D in the absence of any ligands.
- FIG. 6 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay for Factor Xa in the absence of any ligands.
- FIG. 7 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay of a ligand that binds to the catalytic site of human ⁇ -thrombin.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B show the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay of aprosulate binding to the D(II) domain of human FGF receptor 1.
- FIG. 9 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay for urokinase in the presence of glu-gly-arg chloromethylketone.
- FIG. 10 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay of human ⁇ -thrombin in which the assay volume is 2 ⁇ l. Thermal denaturation curves for three experiments are shown.
- FIG. 11 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay of human ⁇ -thrombin in which the assay volume is 5 ⁇ l. Thermal denaturation curves for five experiments are shown.
- FIG. 12 shows the results of a single temperature microplate thermal shift assay of human ⁇ -thrombin in the presence of four different compounds in four separate experiments.
- FIG. 13 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay of the intrinsic tryptophan fluorescence of human ⁇ -thrombin. In this assay, blank well fluorescence was not subtracted from sample fluorescence.
- FIG. 14 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay of the intrinsic tryptophan fluorescence of human ⁇ -thrombin. In this assay, blank well fluorescence was subtracted from sample fluorescence.
- FIG. 15 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of single ligand binding interactions to three different classes of binding sites for human ⁇ -thrombin.
- FIG. 16 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of multi-ligand binding interactions for human ⁇ -thrombin.
- FIGS. 17 A-D show the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of pH and various sodium chloride concentrations on the stability of human ⁇ -thrombin.
- the fluorophore is 1,8-ANS.
- the fluorophore is 2,6-ANS.
- the fluorophore is 2,6-TNS.
- the fluorophore is bis-ANS.
- FIG. 18 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of calcium chloride, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, dithiothreitol, and glycerol on the stability of human ⁇ -thrombin.
- FIG. 19 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of pH and sodium chloride concentration of the stability of human D(II) FGF receptor 1.
- FIG. 20 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II) FGF receptor 1.
- FIG. 21 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II) FGF receptor 1.
- FIG. 22 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II) FGF receptor 1.
- FIG. 23 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II) FGF receptor 1.
- FIG. 24 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II) FGF receptor 1.
- FIG. 25 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human urokinase.
- FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a thermodynamic model for the linkage of the free energies of protein folding and ligand binding.
- FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a method of screening biochemical conditions that optimize protein folding.
- FIG. 28 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of human ⁇ -thrombin stability using various fluorophores.
- FIG. 29 shows a schematic diagram of an assay apparatus that can be used to practice the methods of present invention.
- FIG. 30 shows a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the assay apparatus that can be used to practice the methods of present invention.
- FIG. 31 shows a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the assay apparatus that can be used to practice the methods of present invention.
- FIGS. 32 A-E illustrate one embodiment of a thermal electric stage for the assay apparatus of the present invention.
- FIG. 32A shows a side view of the thermal electric stage.
- FIG. 32B shows a top view of the thermal electric stage.
- FIGS. 32 C-E show three configurations of inserts that can be attached to the thermal electric stage.
- inserts accommodate a microtitre plate.
- assay samples are contained within the containers of the microtitre plate.
- FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram illustrating a top view of another embodiment of the assay apparatus of the present invention.
- FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram illustrating the top view of the embodiment of the assay apparatus shown in FIG. 33 with a housing installed.
- FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram illustrating a side view of the embodiment of the assay apparatus shown in FIGS. 33 and 34.
- FIGS. 36A and 36B illustrate a temperature profile and how the temperature profile is implemented using the automated assay apparatus of the present invention.
- FIG. 37 shows an exemplary computer system suitable for use with an assay apparatus.
- FIG. 38 shows a flow diagram illustrating one embodiment for implementation of the present invention.
- FIG. 39 shows a flow diagram illustrating an alternate embodiment for implementation of the present invention.
- FIG. 40 shows a comparison of the results of microplate thermal shift assays of human ⁇ -thrombin denaturation performed using a fluorescence scanner and a CCD camera.
- FIGS. 41A and 41B show photographs of microplate thermal shift assay of human ⁇ -thrombin denaturation performed using a CCD camera.
- FIG. 41A V-bottom well microplate.
- FIG. 41B dimple microplate.
- FIG. 42 shows a comparison of the results of microplate thermal shift assays of human ⁇ -thrombin denaturation performed using a fluorescence scanner and a CCD camera.
- FIGS. 43A and 43B show a comparison of fluorescence background collected using a 435/550 nm bandpass (FIG. 43A), and a 475/550 nm bandpass. (FIG. 43B)
- FIG. 44 shows the comparison of fluorescence signals for 1,8-ANS and 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate.
- the protein is chicken muscle pyruvate kinase.
- FIGS. 45A and 45B show the results of a bandpass study using 1,8-ANS (FIG. 45A) and 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate (FIG. 45B).
- the present invention provides a method for ranking a multiplicity of different molecules in the order of their ability to bind to a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change.
- the target molecule is contacted with one molecule of a multiplicity of different molecules in each of a multiplicity of containers.
- the containers are then simultaneously heated, in intervals, over a range of temperatures. After each heating interval, thermal unfolding information (e.g., the thermal unfolding temperature midpoint (T m )) is measured.
- thermal unfolding information e.g., the thermal unfolding T m
- the containers are heated in a continuous fashion, and thermal unfolding information (e.g., the thermal unfolding T m ) is obtained for each container.
- the temperature midpoint T m is identified and is then compared to the T m for the target molecule in the absence of any of the molecules in the containers.
- an entire thermal unfolding curve can be compared to other entire thermal unfolding curves using computer analytical tools.
- any of the methods of the present invention can be repeated, until a molecule that binds to a target molecule is identified, or until a set of biochemical conditions that stabilize a target molecule is determined, or until a set of biochemical conditions that facilitate refolding or renaturation of a protein is determined, or until a set of biochemical conditions that optimize the shelf life of a protein is determined, or until a set of biochemical conditions that facilitate protein crystallization is determined.
- combinatorial library refers to a plurality of molecules or compounds which are formed by combining, in every possible way for a given compound length, a set of chemical or biochemical building blocks which may or may not be related in structure. Alternatively, the term can refer to a plurality of chemical or biochemical compounds which are formed by selectively combining a particular set of chemical building blocks.
- Combinatorial libraries can be constructed according to methods familiar to those skilled in the art. For example, see Rapoport et al., Immunology Today 16:43-49 (1995); Sepetov, N. F. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92:5426-5430 (1995); Gallop, M. A.
- combinatorial library refers to a directed diversity chemical library, as set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 5,463,564. Regardless of the manner in which a combinatorial library is constructed, each molecule or compound in the library is catalogued for future reference.
- compound library refers to a plurality of molecules or compounds which were not formed using the combinatorial approach of combining chemical or biochemical building blocks. Instead, a compound library is a plurality of molecules or compounds which are accumulated and are stored for use in future ligand-receptor binding assays. Each molecule or compound in the compound library is catalogued for future reference.
- multiplicity of molecules refers to at least two molecules, compounds, or containers.
- multi-variable refers to more than one experimental variable.
- screening refers to the testing of a multiplicity of molecules or compounds for their ability to bind to a target molecule which is capable of unfolding. Screening is a repetitive, or iterative, process, in which molecules are tested for binding to a target molecule (e.g, a protein receptor) in a thermal shift assay. For example, if none of a subset of molecules from the multiplicity of molecules (e.g., a combinatorial library) bind to the target molecule, then a different subset is tested for binding in a thermal shift assay.
- a target molecule e.g, a protein receptor
- the term “ranking” refers to the ordering of the affinities of a multiplicity of molecules or compounds for a target molecule, according to the ability of the molecule or compound to shift the thermal unfolding information (e.g., thermal unfolding T m ) obtained for the target molecule, relative to the thermal unfolding information of the target molecule in the absence of any molecule or compound.
- high-throughput encompasses screening activity in which human intervention is minimized, and automation is maximized.
- high-throughput screening involves automated pipetting, mixing, and heating, software-controlled generation of thermal unfolding information, and software-controlled comparisons of thermal unfolding information.
- a high-throughput method is one in which hundreds of compounds can be screened per 24 hour period by a single individual operating a single suitable apparatus.
- “Performed automatically” means that at least some aspects of the screening process are performed by a machine, and optionally are computer-controlled.
- the term “ranking” also refers to the ordering of the efficacies of a multiplicity of biochemical conditions in optimizing protein stabilization, protein folding, protein crystallization, or protein shelf life.
- the term “ranking” refers to the ordering of the efficacies of one or more combinations of biochemical conditions to shift the thermal unfolding information (e.g., thermal unfolding T m ) obtained for the target molecule, relative to the thermal unfolding information of the target molecule under a reference set of conditions.
- molecules, compounds, or biochemical conditions are preferable.
- molecules, compounds, or biochemical conditions can be ranked for their ability to stabilize a target molecule according to the change in entire thermal unfolding curve.
- the terms “protein” and “polypeptide” are synonymous.
- the term “unfolding” encompasses any change in structure due to heating.
- the term “unfolding” refers to the transition of from the liquid crystalline state to the molten globule state. In the molten globule state, tertiary and quaternary structure has been altered, relative to the native state of the protein, and at least some secondary structure remains intact.
- the term “unfolding” also encompasses loss of crystalline ordering of amino acid side-chains, secondary, tertiary or quaternary structure.
- the term “unfolding” also encompasses formation of a random coil.
- folding refers to the acquisition of the correct amino acid side-chain ordering, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary structure, of a protein or a nucleic acid, which affords the full chemical and biological function of the biomolecule.
- the term “denatured protein” refers to a protein which has been treated to remove native amino acid side-chain ordering, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary structure.
- the term “native protein” refers to a protein which possesses the degree of amino acid side-chain ordering, secondary, tertiary or quaternary structure that provides the protein with full chemical and biological function.
- a native protein is one which has not been heated and has not been treated with a chemical unfolding agent, such as urea.
- the term “unfolding” refers to the loss of secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure through unfolding, uncoiling, untwisting or loss of helical structure.
- the loss of double- or triple-helical structure through the interruption of base-paring is an example of unfolding of a nucleic acid.
- unfolded nucleic acid and “denatured nucleic acid” refer to a nucleic acid which has been treated to remove folded, coiled, helical, or twisted structure.
- Unfolding of a triple-stranded nucleic acid complex is complete when the third strand has been removed from the two complementary strands.
- Unfolding of a double-stranded DNA is complete when the base pairing between the two complementary strands has been interrupted and has resulted in single-stranded DNA molecules that have assumed a random form.
- Unfolding of single-stranded RNA is complete when intramolecular hydrogen bonds have been interrupted and the RNA has assumed a random, non-hydrogen bonded form.
- An “unfolding curve” is a plot of the physical change associated with the unfolding of a protein as a function temperature, denaturant concentration, pressure, etc.
- An unfolding curve can be generated digitally or by plotting on paper or a computer screen.
- a “thermal unfolding curve” is a plot of the physical change associated with the unfolding of a protein or a nucleic acid as a function of temperature. See, for example, Davidson et al., Nature Structure Biology 2:859 (1995); and Clegg, R. M. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:2994-2998 (1993).
- a thermal unfolding curve can be generated digitally or by plotting on paper or a computer screen, Preferably, a thermal unfolding curve is generated digitally
- the “midpoint temperature, T m ” is the temperature midpoint of a thermal unfolding curve. At the temperature midpoint T m , one half of the target molecules in a sample are unfolded, and one half of the target molecules in the sample remain folded.
- the T m can be readily determined using methods well known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, Weber, P. C. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 116:2717-2724(1994); Clegg, R. M. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:2994-2998 (1993).
- the T m is extracted digitally from a digital thermal unfolding curve
- Thermal unfolding information is information relating to target molecule unfolding in response to heating.
- a thermal unfolding curve is one kind of thermal unfolding information.
- a thermal unfolding curve can be plotted on a computer screen, or on paper.
- a thermal unfolding curve is generated digitally, using computer software, and may then be visualized on a computer screen.
- thermal unfolding information is thermal unfolding T m .
- a digitally generated thermal unfolding curve need not be printed or displayed in order for the thermal unfolding T m to be extracted from the digitally generated curve.
- the thermal unfolding T m is digitally extracted from a digitally generated thermal unfolding curve.
- the non-linear least squares curve fitting can be performed using a suitable software, such as KALEIDAGRAPTM 3.0 software (Synergy Software, Reading Pa.), which allows the five fitting parameters to float while utilizing Marquardt methods for the minimization of the sum of the squared residuals.
- KALEIDAGRAPTM 3.0 software Synergy Software, Reading Pa.
- the temperature midpoint T m is extracted from the digitally generated thermal unfolding information.
- lead molecule refers to a molecule or compound, from a combinatorial library, which displays relatively high affinity for a target molecule.
- the terms “lead compound” and “lead molecule” are synonymous.
- the term “relatively high affinity” relates to affinities in the K d range of from 10 ⁇ 4 to 10 ⁇ 15 M.
- target molecule encompasses peptides, proteins, nucleic acids, and other receptors.
- the term encompasses both enzymes, and proteins which are not enzymes.
- the term encompasses monomeric and multimeric proteins. Multimeric proteins may be homomeric or heteromeric.
- the term encompasses nucleic acids comprising at least two nucleotides, such as oligonucleotides. Nucleic acids can be single-stranded, double-stranded or triple-stranded.
- the term encompasses a nucleic acid which is a synthetic oligonucleotide, a portion of a recombinant DNA molecule, or a portion of chromosomal DNA.
- target molecule also encompasses portions of peptides, proteins, and other receptors which are capable of acquiring secondary, tertiary, or quaternary structure through folding, coiling or twisting.
- the target molecule may be substituted with substituents including, but not limited to, cofactors, coenzymes, prosthetic groups, lipids, oligosaccharides, or phosphate groups.
- target molecule and “receptor” are synonymous.
- target molecule refers more specifically to proteins involved in the blood coagulation cascade, fibroblast growth factors, fibroblast growth factor receptors, urokinase, and factor D.
- target molecules are included, but not limited to those disclosed in Faisst, S. et al., Nucleic Acids Research 20:3-26 (1992); Pimentel, E., Handbook of Growth Factors, Volumes I-III, CRC Press, (1994); Gilman, A. G. et al., The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Pergamon Press (1990); Lewin, B., Genes V, Oxford University Press (1994); Roitt, I., Essential Immunology, Blackwell Scientific Publ. (1994); Shimizu, Y., Lymphocyte Adhesion Molecules, R G Austin (1993); Hyams, J. S.
- molecule refers to the compound which is tested for binding affinity for the target molecule. This term encompasses chemical compounds of any structure, including, but not limited to nucleic acids and peptides. More specifically, the term “molecule” encompasses compounds in a compound or a combinatorial library.
- fluorescence encompasses the release of fluorescent energy. Less broadly, the term “fluorescence” refers to fluorescent emission, the rate of change of fluorescence over time (i.e., fluorescence lifetime), fluorescence polarization, fluorescence anisotropy, and fluorescence resonance energy transfer. See Eftink, M. R., Biophysical J. 66: 482-501 (1994).
- contacting a target molecule refers broadly to placing the target molecule in solution with the molecule to be screened for binding or with the condition(s) to be tested for stabilizing the target molecule. Less broadly, contacting refers to the turning, swirling, shaking or vibrating of a solution of the target molecule and the molecule to be screened for binding. More specifically, contacting refers to the mixing of the target molecule with the molecule to be tested for binding. Mixing can be accomplished, for example, by repeated uptake and discharge through a pipette tip, either manually or using an automated pipetting device. Preferably, contacting refers to the equilibration of binding between the target molecule and the molecule to be tested for binding. Contacting can occur in the container (infra) or before the target molecule and the molecule to be screened are placed in the container.
- the target molecule may be contacted with a nucleic acid prior to being contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding.
- the target molecule may be complexed with a peptide prior to being contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding.
- the target molecule may be phosphorylated or dephosphorylated prior to being contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding.
- a carbohydrate moiety may be added to the target molecule before the target molecule is contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding.
- a carbohydrate moiety may be removed from the target molecule before the target molecule is contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding.
- the term “container” refers to any vessel or chamber in which the receptor and molecule to be tested for binding can be placed.
- the term “container” encompasses reaction tubes (e.g., test tubes, microtubes, vials, etc.).
- the term “container” preferably refers to a well in a multiwell microplate or multiwell microtiter plate.
- sample refers to the contents of a container.
- spectral emission encompass the release of energy in the form of light or heat, the absorption of energy in the form or light or heat, changes in turbidity and changes in the polar properties of light.
- the terms refer to fluorescent emission, fluorescent energy transfer, absorption of ultraviolet or visible light, changes in the polarization properties of light, changes in the polarization properties of fluorescent emission, changes in the rate of change of fluorescence over time (i.e., fluorescence lifetime), changes in fluorescence anisotropy, changes in fluorescence resonance energy transfer, changes in turbidity, and changes in enzyme activity.
- the terms refer to fluorescence, and more preferably to fluorescence emission.
- Fluorescence emission can be intrinsic to a protein or can be due to a fluorescence reporter molecule.
- fluorescence techniques to monitor protein unfolding is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, see Eftink, M. R., Biophysical J. 66: 482-501 (1994).
- a 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole “derivative” dye is a molecule that comprises the 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole structure.
- 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes can be selected from the group consisting of the following 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes: 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole butylsulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4 ′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-(2-aminoethyl)sulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-3-sulfonamidophyenylboronic acid, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4′′-dimethylaminopheny
- acid salts are hydrochloric, nitric, sulfuric, phosphoric, formic, acetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, maleic, succinic, malonic, methane sulfonic and the like, salts formed from cations such as sodium, potassium, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, zinc, and from bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
- the ester can be methyl; ethyl; butyl; acetate; maleate; pivaloyloxymethyl; phenyl; substituted phenyl; alkyl; benzyl; pivaloyloxymethyl; methoxyrnethyl; (1-6C)alkanoyloxymethyl esters, for example pivaloyloxymethyl, phthalidyl esters; (3-8C)cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy esters; (1-6C)alkyl esters, for example 1-cyclohexylcarbonyloxyethyl; 1,3-dioxolen-2-onylmethyl esters, for example 5-methyl-1,3-dioxolen-2-onylmethyl; (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyloxyethyl esters; phosphate esters; alpha-acyloxyalkyl ethers and related compounds which as a result of the in-vivo hydrolysis of the ester breakdown to give the parent
- 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole dyes can be purchased from Molecular Probes, Inc., Eugene, Oreg., and such dyes are provided in Diwu, Z. et al., Photochemistry and Photobiology 66(4): 424-431 (1997), and in BioProbes 25: pp. 8-9, Molecular Probes, Inc., Eugene, Oreg. (1997).
- Such dyes include 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole butylsulfonamide (Molecular Probes catalogue no.
- the 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye is preferably 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate, sodium salt (MolecularProbes catalogue no. D-12800).
- 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye provide a higher fluorescence signal than does 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonate (1,8-ANS).
- 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes can be used to monitor fluorescence associated with protein unfolding in at a wavelength from about 475 nm to about 570 nm, more preferably from about 500 nm to about 550 nm, and still more preferably at about 500 nm or 525 nm.
- fluorescence probe molecule refers to an extrinsic fluorophore, which is a fluorescent molecule or a compound which is capable of associating with an unfolded or denatured receptor and, after excitement by light of a defined wavelength, emits fluorescent energy.
- fluorescence probe molecule encompasses all fluorophores.
- the term encompasses fluorophores such as thioinosine, and N-ethenoadenosine, formycin, dansyl, dansyl derivatives, fluorescein derivatives, 6-propionyl-2-(dimethylamino)-napthalene (PRODAN), 2-anilinonapthalene, and N-arylamino-naphthalene sulfonate derivatives such as 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonate (1,8-ANS), 2-anilinonaphthalene-6-sulfonate (2,6-ANS), 2-amino-naphthalene-6-sulfonate, N,N-dimethyl-2-aminonaphthalene-6-sulfonate, N-phenyl-2-aminonaphthal-ene, N-cyclohexyl-2-aminonaphthalene-6-sulfonate, N-phenyl-2-amino-n
- fluorescence spectrometry can be performed using fluorescence resonance emission transfer.
- the transfer of fluorescent energy, from a donor fluorophore on one strand of an oligonucleotide to an acceptor fluorophore on the other strand, is monitored by measuring the fluorescence of the acceptor fluorophore. Unfolding or denaturation prevent the transfer of fluorescent energy.
- the fluorescence resonance emission transfer methodology is well known to those skilled in the art. Fore example, see Ozaki, H. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 20:5205-5214 (1992); Clegg, R. M. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:2994-2998 (1993); Clegg, R. M. et al., Biochemistry 31:4846-4856 (1993).
- One strand of a double-stranded oligonucleotide will contain the donor fluorophore.
- the other strand of the oligonucleotide will contain the acceptor fluorophore.
- the fluorophore can be incorporated directly into the oligonucleotide sequence.
- the fluorophore can be attached to either the 5′- or 3′-terminus of the oligonucleotide.
- a donor fluorophore is one which, when excited by light, will emit fluorescent energy. The energy emitted by the donor fluorophore is absorbed by the acceptor fluorophore.
- the term “donor fluorophore” encompasses all fluorophores including, but not limited to, carboxyfluorescein, iodoacetamidofluorescein, and fluorescein isothiocyanate.
- the term “acceptor fluorophore” encompasses all fluorophores including, but not limited to, iodoacetamidoeosin and tetramethylrhodamine.
- carrier encompasses a platform or other object, of any shape, which itself is capable of supporting at least two containers.
- the carrier can be made of any material, including, but not limited to glass, plastic, or metal.
- the carrier is a multiwell microplate.
- microplate and microtiter plate are synonymous.
- the carrier can be removed from the heating element. In the present invention, a plurality of carriers are used. Each carrier holds a plurality of wells.
- biochemical conditions encompasses any component of a physical, chemical, or biochemical reaction. Specifically, the term refers to conditions of temperature, pressure, protein concentration, pH, ionic strength, salt concentration, time, electric current, potential difference, concentrations of cofactor, coenzyme, oxidizing agents, reducing agents, detergents, metal ion, ligands, or glycerol.
- efficacy refers to the effectiveness of a particular set of biochemical conditions in facilitating the refolding or renaturation of an unfolded or denatured protein.
- reference set of conditions refers to a set of biochemical conditions under which thermal unfolding information for a target molecule is obtained. Thermal unfolding information obtained under conditions different than the reference conditions is compared to the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule under reference conditions.
- polarimetric measurement relates to measurements of changes in the polarization of fluorescence.
- selection refers to a pool or a group of at least two molecules to be tested for binding to a target molecule or receptor in a single container.
- a “host” is a bacterial cell that has been transformed with recombinant DNA for the purpose of expressing protein which is heterologous to the host bacterial cell.
- the fluorescence thermal shift assay is based on the ligand-dependent change in thermal unfolding information (e.g., the T m ) of a target receptor, such as a protein or a nucleic acid.
- thermal unfolding information e.g., the T m
- a target receptor such as a protein or a nucleic acid.
- T m thermal unfolding information
- the temperature midpoint T m is the temperature at which one half of the receptor molecules are unfolded, and one half of the molecules remain folded.
- Ligand binding stabilizes the receptor (Schellman, J., Biopolymers 14:999-1018 (1975)). The extent of binding and the free energy of interaction follow parallel courses as a function of ligand concentration (Schellman, J., Biophysical Chemistry 45:273-279 (1993); Barcelo, F. et al., Chem. Biol. Interactions 74:315-324 (1990)). As a result of stabilization by ligand, more energy (heat) is required to unfold the receptor. Thus, ligand binding shifts the thermal unfolding information (e.g., the T m ). This property can be exploited to determine whether a ligand binds to a receptor: a change, or “shift”, in the thermal unfolding information, and thus means that the ligand binds to the receptor.
- T m the thermal unfolding information
- thermodynamic basis for the thermal shift assay has been described by Schellman, J. A. ( Biopolymers 15:999-1000 (1976)), and also by Brandts et al. (Biochemistry 29:6927-6940 (1990)).
- K L T m the ligand association constant at T m ;
- T m the midpoint for the protein unfolding transition in the presence of ligand
- T 0 the midpoint for the unfolding transition in the absence of ligand
- ⁇ H u T 0 the enthalpy of protein unfolding in the absence of ligand at T 0 ;
- ⁇ C pu the change in heat capacity upon protein unfolding in the absence of ligand
- the parameters ⁇ H u and ⁇ C pu are usually observed from differential scanning calorimetry experiments and are specific for each receptor. To calculate the binding constant from equation 1, one should have access to a differential scanning calorimetry instrument to measure ⁇ H u , and ⁇ C pu for the receptor of interest. One can also locate these parameters for the receptor of interest, or a receptor closely related to it, in the literature. In these situations, equation (1) will allow the accurate measurement of K L at T m .
- K L T K L T m ⁇ exp ⁇ ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ H L T R ⁇ [ 1 T - 1 T m ] + ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ C pL R ⁇ [ ln ⁇ ( T T m ) - T T m + 1 ] ⁇ ( equation ⁇ ⁇ 2 )
- K L T the ligand association constant at any temperature T
- K L T m the ligand association constant at T m ;
- T m the midpoint for the protein unfolding transition in the presence of ligand
- ⁇ H L T the enthalpy of ligand binding in the absence of ligand at T;
- ⁇ C pL the change in heat capacity upon binding of ligand
- K L T K L T m ⁇ exp ⁇ ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ H L T R ⁇ [ 1 T - 1 T m ] ⁇ ( equation ⁇ ⁇ 3 )
- the present invention is particularly useful for screening a combinatorial or a compound library, such as a directed diversity chemical library.
- a multicontainer carrier facilitates the heating of a plurality of samples simultaneously.
- a multiwell microplate for example a 96 or a 384 well microplate, which can accommodate 96 or 384 different samples, is used as the carrier.
- one sample is contained in each well of a multi-well microplate.
- the control well contains receptor, but no molecule to be tested for binding.
- Each of the other samples contains at least one molecule to be tested for binding.
- the thermal unfolding information for the receptor in the control well is compared to the thermal unfolding information for each of the other samples.
- the rate of screening is accelerated when the sample contains more than one molecule to be tested for binding. For example, the screening rate is increased 20-fold when the sample contains a pool or collections of 20 molecules. Samples which contain a binding molecule must then be divided into samples containing a smaller collection of molecules to be tested for binding. These divided collections must then be assayed for binding to the target molecule. These steps must be repeated until a single molecule responsible for the original thermal shift is obtained.
- the element upon which the sample carrier is heated can be any element capable of heating samples rapidly and in a reproducible fashion.
- a plurality of samples is heated simultaneously.
- the plurality of samples can be heated on a single heating element.
- the plurality of samples can be heated to a given temperature on one heating element, and then moved to another heating element for heating to another temperature. Heating can be accomplished in regular or irregular intervals.
- the samples can be heated evenly, in intervals of 1 or 2° C.
- the temperature range across which the samples can be heated is from 25 to 110° C.
- Fluorescence readings are taken after each heating step. Samples can be heated and read by the fluorescence device in a continuous fashion. Alternatively, after each heating step, the samples may be cooled to a lower temperature prior to taking the fluorescence readings.
- the samples are heated continuously and fluorescence readings are taken while the samples are being heated.
- Fluorescence readings can be taken on all of the samples in the carrier simultaneously. Alternatively, readings can be taken on samples in groups of at least two at a time. Finally, the readings can be taken one sample at a time.
- thermal unfolding is monitored by fluorescence using an assay apparatus such as the one shown in FIG. 29.
- the instrument consists of a scanner and a control software system.
- the system is capable of quantifying soluble and cell-associated fluorescence. Fluorescence is detected by a photomultiplier tube in a light-proof detection chamber.
- the software runs on a personal computer and the action of the scanner is controlled through the software.
- a precision X-Y mechanism scans the microplate with a sensitive fiber-optic probe to quantify the fluorescence in each well. The microplate and samples can remain stationary during the scanning of each row of the samples, and the fiber-optic probe is then is moved to the next row.
- the microplate and samples can be moved to position a new row of samples under the fiber-optic probe.
- the scanning system is capable of scanning 96 samples in under one minute.
- the scanner is capable of holding a plurality of excitation filters and a plurality of emission filters to measure the most common fluorophores.
- fluorescence readings can be taken one sample at a time, or on a subset of samples simultaneously.
- An alternate embodiment of the assay apparatus is shown in FIG. 33.
- the heat conducting element or block upon which the sample carrier is heated can be any element capable of heating samples rapidly and reproducibly.
- the plurality of samples can be heated on a single heating element.
- the plurality of samples can be heated to a given temperature on one heating element, and then moved to another heating element for heating to another temperature. Heating can be accomplished in regular or irregular intervals.
- the samples should be heated evenly, in intervals of 1 or 20° C.
- the temperature range across which the samples can be heated is from 4 to 110° C.
- a plurality of samples can be heated simultaneously. If samples are heated in discrete temperature intervals, in a stairstep fashion, fluorescence readings are taken after each heating step. Alternatively, after each heating step, the samples may be cooled to a lower temperature prior to taking the fluorescence readings. Alternatively, samples can be heated in a continuous fashion and fluorescence readings are taken during heating.
- the present invention also provides an improved method for generating lead compounds. After a compound or a combinatorial library of compounds has been screened using the thermal shift assay, compounds which bind to the target receptor are chemically modified to generate a second library of compounds. This second library is then screened using the thermal shift assay. This process of screening and generating a new library continues until compounds that bind to the target receptor with affinities in the K d range of from 10 ⁇ 4 to 10 ⁇ 15 M are obtained.
- a fluorescence imaging system can be used to monitor the thermal unfolding of a target molecule or a receptor. Fluorescence imaging systems are well known to those skilled in the art.
- the AlphaImagerTM Gel Documentation and Analysis System (Alpha Innotech, San Leandro, Calif.) employs a high performancd charge coupled device camera with 768 ⁇ 494 pixel resolution. The charge coupled device camera is interfaced with a computer and images are anlayzed with Image analysis softwareTM.
- the CHEMIIMAGERTM (Alpha Innotech) is a cooled charge coupled device that performs all of the functions of the ALPHAIMAGERTM and in addition captures images of chemiluminescent samples and other low intensity samples.
- the CHEMIIMAGERTM charge coupled device includes a Pentium processor (1.2 Gb hard drive, 16 Mb RAM), AlphaEaseTM analysis software, a light tight cabinet, and a UV and white light trans-illuminator.
- a Pentium processor 1.2 Gb hard drive, 16 Mb RAM
- AlphaEaseTM analysis software a light tight cabinet
- a UV and white light trans-illuminator a UV and white light trans-illuminator.
- the MRC-1024 UV/Visible Laser Confocal Imaging System facilitates the simultaneous imaging of more than one fluorophore across a wide range of illumination wavelengths (350 to 700 nm).
- the Gel Doc 1000 Fluorescent Gel Documentation System (BioRad, Richmond, Calif.) can clearly display sample areas as large as 20 ⁇ 20 cm, or as small as 5 ⁇ 4 cm. At least two 96 well microplates can fit into a 20 ⁇ 20 cm area.
- the Gel Doc 1000 system also facilitates the performance of time-based experiments.
- a fluorescence thermal imaging system can be used to monitor receptor unfolding in a microplate thermal shift assay.
- a plurality of samples is heated simultaneously at temperatures between 25 to 110° C.
- a fluorescence reading is taken for each of the plurality of samples simultaneously.
- the fluorescence in each well of a 96 or a 384 well microplate can be monitored simultaneously.
- fluorescence readings can be taken continuously and simultaneously for each sample.
- all samples display a low level of fluorescence. As the temperature is increased, the fluorescence in each sample increases.
- a fluorescence thermal shift assay can be performed in a volume of 100 ⁇ L. For the following reasons, however, it is preferable to perform a thermal shift assay in a volume of 1-10 ⁇ L.
- a thermal shift assay in a volume of 1-10 ⁇ L.
- approximately 10- to 100-fold less protein is required for the miniaturized assay.
- only ⁇ 4 to 40 pmole of protein are required (0.1 ⁇ g to 1.0 ⁇ g for a 25 kDa protein) for the assay (i.e. 1 to 10 ⁇ L working volume with a target molecule concentration of about 1 to about 4 ⁇ M).
- a target molecule concentration i.e. 1 to 10 ⁇ L working volume with a target molecule concentration of about 1 to about 4 ⁇ M.
- as little as 1 mg of protein can be used to conduct 1,000 to 10,000 assays in the miniaturized format. This is particularly advantageous when the target molecule is available in minute quantities.
- the ideal ligand concentration is about 50 ⁇ M, which translates into 25-250 pmoles of ligand, or 10-100 ng (assuming a MW of 500 Da) of ligand per assay in the miniaturized format.
- the smaller working volume allows the potential of using larger arrays of assays because the miniaturized assay can fit into a much smaller area.
- a 384 well (16 ⁇ 24 array) or 864 well (24 ⁇ 36 array) plates have the same dimensions as the 96 well plates (8.5 ⁇ 12.5 cm).
- the 384 well plate and the 864 well plate allows the user to perform 4 and 9 times as many assays, respectively, as can be performed using a 96 well plate.
- 1536 well plates 32 ⁇ 48 arrays; Matrix Technologies Corp.
- a 1536 well plate will facilitate sixteen times the throughput afforded by a 96 well plate.
- the assay speed can be increased by about 16 times, relative to the speed at which the assay can be performed using the 96 well format.
- the 8 ⁇ 12 assay array arrangement (in a 96-well plate) facilitates the performance of 96 assays/hr, or about 2300 assays/24 hours.
- the 32 ⁇ 48 array assay arrangement facilitates the performance of about 1536 assays hr., or about 37,000 assays/24 hours can be performed using a 32 ⁇ 48 assay array configuration.
- microplates containing more than 1536 wells per plate can be used in the methods of the present invention.
- the assay volume can be 1-100 ⁇ L.
- the assay volume is 1-50 ⁇ L. More preferably, the assay volume is 1-25 ⁇ L. More preferably still, the assay volume is 1-10 ⁇ L. More preferably still, the assay volume is 1-5 ⁇ L. More preferably still, the assay volume is 5 ⁇ L. Most preferably, the assay volume is 1 ⁇ L or 2 ⁇ L.
- the assay is performed in V-bottom polycarbonate plates or polycarbonate dimple plates.
- a dimple plate is a plate that contains a plurality of round-bottom wells that hold a total volume of 15 ⁇ L.
- generation of thermal unfolding information can further comprise determining a thermal unfolding T m
- the comparing step comprises comparing the T m for the target molecule in each container to (i) the T m for the target molecule in each of the other containers, and to (ii) the T m obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the different molecules or obtained under a reference set of biochemical conditions
- the ranking step comprises ranking the efficacies of the multiplicity of different molecules or the multiplicity of different biochemical conditions according to differences in the T m .
- the measuring step comprise contacting the protein with the one or more different molecules or different biochemical conditions, in the presence of a fluorescence probe molecule present in each of the multiplicity of containers, and wherein the measuring step comprises exciting the fluorescence probe molecule, in each of the multiplicity of containers with light; and measuring the fluorescence from each of the multiplicity of containers.
- the contacting step can comprise contacting the oligonucleotide with the multiplicity of different molecules, or with the multiplicity of different biochemical conditions, in each of the multiplicity of containers, and wherein the measuring step exciting the donor fluorophore, in each of the multiplicity of containers, with light; and measuring the fluorescence from the acceptor fluorophore in each of the multiplicity of containers
- fluorescence can be measured in all of the containers simultaneously. Alternatively, fluorescence can be measured in a subset of the containers simultaneously. Alternatively, fluorescence can be measured one container at a time.
- One alternative to taking fluorescence readings over a temperature range around the T m of the therapeutic target to obtain a full thermal unfolding curve for the ligand/target complex, in order to identify shifts in T m is to perform the assay at a single temperature near the T m of the target molecule.
- samples that fluorescence less, relative to a control sample (containing a target molecule, but no candidate ligand) indicate that the candidate ligand binds to the target molecule.
- the fluorescence associated with the thermal unfolding of a target molecule resulting from heating is determined by generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature over a range of one or more discrete or fixed temperatures.
- the fluorescence associated with thermal unfolding is measured.
- the fluorescence at the discrete or fixed temperature for the target molecule in the absence of any ligand is noted.
- the fluorescence in the presence of each of a multiplicity of different molecules, for example, combinatorial compounds, is measured.
- the fluorescence associated with thermal unfolding of the target molecule in the presence of each of the multiplicity of molecules is compared to fluorescence obtained for the target molecule at the discrete or fixed temperature in the absence of any of the multiplicity of different molecules.
- the affinities of the multiplicity of different molecules are ranked according to the change in the fluorescence.
- the discrete or fixed temperature at which the fluorescence is measured can be any temperature that is useful for discriminating shifts in thermal stability.
- the discrete or fixed temperature is the midpoint temperature T m for the target molecule in the absence of any of the multiplicity of different molecules tested for binding to the target molecule.
- the methods of the present invention are not limited to assaying ligand-protein interactions.
- the methods of the present invention can be used to rapidly assay any multi-variable system related to protein stabilization.
- the methods of the present invention can be used to simultaneously assay the binding of more than one compound or ligand to a target molecule. Using this approach, the additive effect of multiple-ligand binding can be assessed. Positive and negative cooperativity can be determined.
- fluorescence thermal shift assays are performed for a target molecule, such as a protein, in the absence of any ligands, in the presence of a single ligand, and in the presence of two or more ligands.
- Thermal unfolding information is generated for the protein alone and for each combination of protein and ligand(s).
- the midpoint temperature T m is then determined for the protein alone and for each combination.
- Each T m is then compared to each of the other T m 's for the other combinations.
- an unfolding curve is generated for the protein alone and for each combination, and each thermal unfolding curve is compared to each of the other thermal unfolding curves. In either of these manners, the additive contribution of more than one ligand to binding interaction or to protein stability can be determined.
- the additive contributions of one or more biochemical conditions to protein stability can be determined.
- the present invention can be used to rapidly identify biochemical conditions that optimize protein stabililty, and hence shelf-life. of a protein.
- the methods and the assay apparatus of the present invention can be used to rank the efficacies of various biochemical conditions for refolding or renaturing an unfolded or denatured protein. This embodiment addresses the need in the art for a reliable method for screening for effective refolding or renaturing conditions.
- expression of recombinant DNA in a bacterial cell usually results in the sequestration of recombinant protein into bacterial inclusion bodies (Marston, F. A. O., Biochem. J. 240:1-12 (1986)).
- expression in bacterial cells remains the method of choice for the high-level production of recombinant proteins (Rudolph, R., Protein Engineering: Principles and Practices, pp. 283-298, John Wiley & Sons (1995)).
- recovery of recombinant protein requires that protein be isolated from inclusion bodies. Protein purification from inclusion bodies process necessitates the denaturation of recombinant protein.
- recombinant protein must be renatured or refolded under conditions suitable to generate the protein in its native, fully functional form.
- denatured protein In each of these cases, denatured protein must be renatured or refolded in order to be useful for further study or use. Unfortunately, one cannot easily predict the exact conditions under which a given protein or fragment of the protein should be renatured. Each protein is different. One must always resort to testing a number of different combinations of renaturing conditions before one can know which set of conditions is optimal. Thus, it is desirable to have a reliable and rapid method for ranking the efficacies of various renaturing conditions.
- the function of the chaperonin is to partly unfold misfolded proteins (that is, kinetically trapped intermediates) with some of the energy of ATP hydrolysis being channeled into the conformational energy of the substrate polypeptide, forcing the polypeptide into a higher energy state from which it could once again attempt to refold correctly after being released into solution (Todd, M. J. et al., Science 265:659-666 (1994); Jackson, et al., Biochemistry 32:2554-2563 (1993); Weissman, J. S., et al., Cell 78:693-702 (1994); Weissman, J. S., & Kim, P. S., Science 253:1386-1393 (1991)).
- pH can be understood to influence the folding reaction by its effect on the long range electrostatic interactions summed in the fourth term of the equation (4).
- ⁇ g i,int short range interactions (H-bonds, van der Walls interactions, salt bridges, cofactor binding, etc.);
- Another important biochemical parameter for protein folding is the solvent, water, which repels aliphatic and aromatic side chains (and possibly the main chain to some extent) to minimize their exposed surface area.
- the influence of solvent over the folding reaction is summed in the third term of the free energy equation (equation (4)).
- Certain salts are known to increase the hydrophobic interaction among protein side chains in water solutions. The effect depends upon the nature of the ions following the Hofmeister series: Cations: Mg 2+ >Li + >Na + >K + >NH 4 + .
- Glycerol alters the solvation properties of water to favor the native conformation of proteins.
- the mechanism by which this occurs is the co-solvent exclusion and preferential hydration of the protein, not unlike the effect of salts of the salts of the Hofmeister series (Timasheff & Arakawa, In: Protein Structure, A Practical Approach, T. E. Creighton, ed., IRL Press, Oxford, UK (1989), pp. 331-354).
- Another example of how the environment influences protein folding is the effect that known ligands and cofactors have on the yield of folded protein.
- Ligand binding has the effect of shifting the equilibrium from an unfolded state to a native-ligand complex through a coupling of the binding free energy to that of the folding reaction.
- the role of metal ions in the refolding of bovine carbonic anhydrase II has been described (Bergenhem & Carlsson, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 998:277-285 (1989)).
- biochemical parameters that have been shown to affect protein folding are: protein concentration, temperature, glutathione redox buffers (GSH, GSSG), the presence of detergents, and the presence of other additives, such as glycerol, arginine-HCl, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and organic solvents.
- a polyionic arginine tag metholdology for immobilizing and refolding ⁇ -glucosidase is disclosed in Stempfer, G. et al., Nature Biotechnology 14:329-334 (1996).
- the thermal shift assay is used to rank the efficacy of various refolding or renaturing conditions.
- a multiplicity of aliquots of a protein of interest which has been incubated under a variety of different biochemical folding conditions, are placed in a container in a multicontainer carrier.
- An aliquot of the native, fully functional protein of known concentration is placed in the control container.
- the samples can be placed in any multicontainer carrier.
- each sample can be placed in a well of a multiwell microplate.
- the present invention can be used to rank the efficacies of refolding or renaturing conditions.
- Such conditions include, but are not limited to, the concentration of glycerol, the concentration of protein, the use of agents which catalyze the formation of disulfide bond formation, temperature, pH, ionic strength, type of solvent, the use of thiols such as reduced glutathione (GSH) and oxidized glutathione (GSSG), chaotropes such as urea, guanidinium chlorides, alkyl-urea, organic solvents such as carbonic acid amides, L-arginine HCl, Tris buffer, polyethylene glycol, nonionic detergents, ionic detergents, zwitterionic detergents, mixed micelles, and a detergent in combination with cyclodextrin.
- the present invention can be used regardless of whether a denaturation agent is removed from the protein using dialysis, column chromatographic techniques, or suction filtration.
- the conditions which facilitate optimal protein refolding can be determined rapidly.
- the renatured protein samples and a control protein sample i.e., a sample of native protein in its fully functional form
- a fluorescence reading is taken.
- fluorescence readings can be taken during a continuous, pre-determined temperature profile.
- Thermal unfolding information (for example, thermal unfolding T m ) is generated for each sample. The T m for the native, fully functional reference protein is determined.
- the relative efficacies of the refolding conditions are ranked according to the magnitude of the fluorescence associated with unfolding at the T m of the native, fully functional reference protein, relative to the magnitude of the fluorescence of a known quantity of the sample proteins in the biochemical conditions at that T m .
- the magnitude of fluorescence intensity change is used to monitor protein unfolding (reflected on the ordinate, or y-axis, of a thermal unfolding curve) is proportional to the amount of correctly folded protein.
- the present invention provides a method for screening biochemical conditions that facilitate and optimize protein folding.
- To screen conditions for a given protein it is first necessary to determine the thermal unfolding profile for a protein of interest. This is accomplished by generating thermal unfolding information using the microplate thermal shift assay.
- Various conditions can be optimized, including pH optimum, ionic strength dependence, concentration of salts of the Hofmeister series, sucrose concentration, arginine concentration, dithiothreitol concentration, metal ion concentration, etc.
- biochemical conditions have an additive effect on protein stability. Once a set of biochemical conditions that facilitate an increase in protein stability have been identified using the thermal shift assay, the same set of conditions can be used in protein folding experiments with recombinant protein. See FIG. 27. If the conditions that promote protein stability in the thermal shift assay correlate with conditions that promote folding of recombinant protein, conditions can be further optimized by performing additional thermal shift assays until a combination of stabilizing conditions that result in further increase protein stability are identified. Recombinant protein is then folded under those conditions. This process is repeated until optimal folding conditions are identified. Protein stability is expected to correlate with improved yields of protein folding. Yield of correctly folded protein can be determined using any suitable technique.
- yield of correctly folded protein can be calculated by passing refolded protein over an affinity column, for example, a column to which a ligand of the protein is attached, and quantifying the amount of protein that is present in the sample.
- folding conditions can be assessed for their additive contributions to correct folding.
- the transition state for the protein folding reaction resembles the native form of the protein more than the denatured form. This has been demonstrated to be the case for may proteins (Fersht, A. R., Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 7:3-9 (1997)).
- the methods and the apparatus of the present invention provide a rapid, high throughput approach to screening for combinations of biochemical conditions that favor the protein folding.
- the method does not require cumbersome and time consuming steps that conventional approaches to protein folding require.
- it is not necessary to dilute protein to large volumes and low protein concentrations ( ⁇ 10 ⁇ g/mL) in order to avoid aggregation problems associated with conventional methods of recombinant protein refolding. Suppression of protein aggregation will allow for screening biochemical parameters that shift the protein folding equilibrium (between the unfolded and the folded forms of proteins) to the correct native conformation.
- the methods of the present invention are also useful for determining conditions that facilitate protein crystallization.
- the crystallization of molecules from solution is a reversible equilibrium process, and the kinetic and thermodynamic parameters are a function of the chemical and physical properties of the solvent system and solute of interest (McPherson, A., In: Preparation and Analysis of Protein Crystals, Wiley Interscience (1982); Weber, P. C., Adv. Protein Chem. 41:1-36 (1991)) 1991).
- the solute is partitioned between the soluble and solid phase instead of the unfolded and native states.
- the molecules in the crystalline phase pack in ordered and periodic three dimensional arrays that are energetically dominated by many of the same types of cohesive forces that are important for protein folding, i.e. van der Waals interactions, electrostatic interactions, hydrogen bonds, and covalent bonds (Moore, W. J., In: Physical Chemistry, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall, (1972), pp. 865-898).
- protein crystallization can be viewed as a higher level variation of protein folding where whole molecules are packed to maximize cohesive energies instead of individual amino acid residues.
- the composition of the solvent can make very important contributions to the extent of partitioning between the soluble (unfolded) and crystalline (native) forms.
- the cohesive interactions present in protein macromolecules and the role played by solvent in modulating these interactions for both protein folding and protein crystallization are complex and not fully understood at the present time.
- biochemical conditions that promote protein stabililty and protein folding also promote protein crystallization.
- FIGS. 17 A-D and 18 show the results of microplate thermal shift assays of conditions that facilitate human ⁇ -thrombin stability.
- Table 2 contains a summary of the conditions identified by three different investigators that facilitate crystallization of x-ray diffraction quality human ⁇ -thrombin crystals (Bode, W., et al., Protein Sci. 1:426-471 (1992); Vijayalakshmi, J. et al., Protein Sci. 3:2254-22271 (1994); and Zdanov, A. et al., Proteins: Struct. Funct. Genet. 17:252-265 (1993)).
- Protein crystallization is a slow and tedious process that has historically been the rate determining step for the x-ray diffraction determination of protein and nucleic acid structures.
- the method and apparatus of the present invention facilitate the rapid, high-throughput elucidation of conditions that promote the stability of a given protein and thus the formation of X-ray quality protein crystals.
- an assay apparatus in a further aspect of the present invention, includes a heating means for simultaneously heating a plurality of samples, and a receiving means for receiving fluorescence from the samples while the samples are being heated.
- an assay apparatus in yet a further aspect of the present invention, includes a temperature adjusting means for simultaneously adjusting a temperature of a plurality of samples in accordance with a pre-determined temperature profile, and a receiving means for receiving fluorescence from the samples while the temperature of the samples is adjusted in accordance with the temperature profile.
- the present invention also provides an assay apparatus that includes a movable platform on which are disposed a plurality of heat conducting blocks.
- the temperature of the heat conducting blocks, and their samples, are adjusted by a temperature adjusting means.
- Each of the plurality of heat conducting blocks is adapted to receive a plurality of samples.
- a light source is provided for emitting an excitatory wavelength of light for the samples. While the temperature of the samples is being adjusted, a sensor detects the fluorescence from the samples in response to the excitatory wavelength of light.
- the movable platform is moved between heat conducting blocks to sequentially detect fluorescence from the samples in each of the plurality of heat conducting blocks.
- the assay apparatus of the present invention is directed to an automated temperature adjusting and fluorescence receiving system that simultaneously adjusts the temperature of a multiplicity of samples over a defined temperature range and receives fluorescence from the samples.
- the assay apparatus of the present invention is particularly useful for performing microplate thermal shift assays of protein stability.
- the assay apparatus of the present invention can be used to practice all of the methods of the present invention. TABLE 2 Human ⁇ - Crystallization Conditions thrombin Protein Complex Buffer Salt Precipitant Additive Conc. Comment Vijayalakshmi et al.
- FIG. 29 shows a schematic diagram of one embodiment of an assay apparatus 2900 of the present invention.
- Assay apparatus 2900 includes a heat conducting block 2912 that includes a plurality of wells 2920 for a plurality of samples 2910 .
- Heat conducting block 2912 is composed of a material that has a relatively high coefficient of thermal conductivity, such as aluminum, stainless steel, brass, teflon, and ceramic. Thus, heat conducting block 2912 can be heated and cooled to a uniform temperature but will not be thermally conductive enough to require excess heating or cooling to maintain a temperature.
- Assay apparatus 2900 also includes a light source 2906 for emitting an excitatory wavelength of light, shown generally at 2916 , for the samples.
- Light source 2906 excites samples 2910 with excitatory light 2916 .
- Any suitable light source can be used.
- a tungsten-halogen lamp can be used.
- a Xenon-arc lamp such as the Biolumin 960 (Molecular Dynamics) can used.
- a high pressure mercury (Hg) Lamp can be used.
- High pressure mercury lamps emit light of higher intensity than Xenon (Xe) lamps. The intensity of light from a high pressure mercury lamp is concentrated in specific lines, and are only useful if the Hg lines are at suitable wavelengths for excitation of particular fluorophores.
- Other types of light sources that could be used include, a light-emitting diode, a light-emitting diode array, a laser diode, or a laser diode array.
- Fluorescence plate readers employ lasers for excitation in the visible region of the electromagnetic spectrum.
- the FluorImagerTM Molecular Dynamics, Palo Alto, Calif.
- This technology is useful when using fluorescent dyes that absorb energy at around 480 nm and emit energy at around 590 nm. Such a dye could then be excited with the 488 nm illumination of standard argon, argon/krypton lasers.
- 1,1-dicyano-2-[6-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-2-yl]propene (DDNP) is such a dye.
- DDNP 1,1-dicyano-2-[6-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-2-yl]propene
- the advantage in using a laser is that a laser is characterized by very high intensity light, which results in an improved signal to noise ratio.
- Excitatory light 2916 causes fluorescence 2918 from samples 2910 . Fluorescence 2918 is received by a photomultiplier tube 2904 . Photomultiplier tube 2904 is communicatively and operatively coupled to a computer 2914 by an electrical connection 2902 . Computer 2914 functions as a data analysis means for analyzing fluorescence as a function of temperature.
- the fluorescence receiving means or sensor of the assay apparatus of the present invention can comprise a photomultiplier tube.
- the fluorescence receiving means or sensor can include a charge coupled device or a charge coupled device camera.
- the fluorescence receiving means or sensor can include a diode array.
- CCD charge coupled device
- high resolution CCD cameras can detect very small amounts of electromagnetic energy, whether it originates from distance stars, is diffracted by crystals, or is emitted by fluorophores.
- a CCD is made of semi-conducting silicon. When photons of light fall on it, free electrons are released.
- a CCD camera is particularly suitable for fluorescence imaging because it can detect very faint objects, affords sensitive detection over a broad spectrum range, affords low levels of electromagnetic noise, and detects signals over a wide dynamic range--that is, a charge coupled device can simultaneously detect bright objects and faint objects.
- the output is linear so that the amount of electrons collected is directly proportional to the number of photons received.
- the image brightness is a measure of the real brightness of the object, a property not afforded by, for example, photographic emulsions.
- FIG. 30 depicts a charge coupled device (CCD) camera 3000 for detecting fluorescence 2918 from samples 2910 .
- CCD camera 3000 can be any CCD camera suitable for imaging fluorescence.
- suitable CCD cameras are available from Alpha-Innotech (San Leandro, Calif.), Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.), and BioRad (Richmond, Calif.).
- a cooled CCD camera such as a liquid cooled CCD camera, or a CCD camera cooled by a thermoelectric coolant system.
- excitatory light 2916 can be a suitable lamp that is positioned over the plurality of samples 2910 .
- excitatory light 2916 can be a suitable lamp that is positioned under the plurality of samples 2910 .
- excitatory light 2916 can be delivered to each sample 2910 by a plurality of fiber optic cables. Each fiber optic cable is disposed through one of a plurality of tunnels in conducting block 2912 . Thus, each of samples 2910 receives excitatory light 2916 through a fiber optic cable.
- source 2906 excites samples 2910 with excitatory light 2916 .
- Excitatory light 2916 causes fluorescence 2918 from samples 2910 .
- fluorescence 2918 is filtered through an emission filter 3002 .
- Emission filter 3002 filters out wavelengths of fluorescence 2918 that are not to be monitored or received by CCD camera 3000 .
- the emission filter is an optical filter.
- CCD camera 3000 receives the filtered fluorescence 2918 from all of samples 2910 simultaneously. For simplicity and ease of understanding, only fluorescence form one row of samples 2910 are shown in FIG. 30.
- CCD camera 3000 is communicatively and operatively coupled to computer 2914 by electrical connection 2902 .
- FIG. 31 one embodiment of assay apparatus 2900 is shown in more detail. As shown in FIG. 31, many apparatus components are attached to a base 3100 .
- a heat conducting block relative movement means 3128 is used to move heat conducting block 2912 in directions 3150 and 3152 .
- Heat conducting block relative movement means 3128 is communicatively and operatively connected to a servo controller 3144 . Activation of heat conducting block relative movement means 3128 by servo controller 3144 moves heat conducting block 2912 in directions 3150 and 3152 .
- Servo controller 3144 is controlled by a computer controller 3142 .
- computer 2914 could be used to control servo controller 3144 .
- a sensor is removably attached to a sensor armature 3120 .
- An exemplary sensor is a fiber optic probe 3122 .
- Fiber optic probe 3122 includes a fiber optic cable capable of transmitting excitatory light 2916 to samples 2910 , and a fiber optic cable capable of receiving fluorescence 2918 from samples 2910 .
- Electromagnetic radiation is transmitted from excitatory light source 2906 to fiber optic probe 3122 by excitatory light input fiber optic cable 3108 .
- a fluorescence receiving means comprising photomultiplier tube 2904 is used to detect fluorescence from samples 2910 .
- electromagnetic radiation is transmitted from fiber optic probe 3122 to photomultiplier tube 2904 by fiber optic cable 3110 .
- CCD camera 3002 is used to detect fluorescence from samples 2910 .
- fiber optic cable 3110 is not required.
- a temperature sensor 3124 is removably attached to sensor armature 3120 . Temperature sensor 3124 is communicatively and operably linked to a temperature controller 3162 . Temperature sensor 3124 monitors the temperature of heat conducting block 2912 and feeds temperature information back to temperature controller 3162 . Temperature controller 3162 is connected to heat conducting block 2912 by a thermoelectric connection 3164 . Under the action of temperature controller 3162 , the temperature of heat conducting block 2912 can be increased, decreased, or held constant. Particularly, the temperature of heat conducting block 2912 can be changed by temperature controller 3162 in accordance with a predetermined temperature profile. Preferably, temperature computer controller 3162 is implemented using a computer system such as that described below with respect to FIG. 37.
- the term “temperature profile” refers to a change in temperature over time.
- the term “temperature profile” encompasses continuous upward or downward changes in temperature, both linear and non-linear changes.
- the term also encompasses any stepwise temperature change protocols, including protocols characterized by incremental increases or decreases in temperature during which temperature increases or decreases are interrupted by periods during which temperature is maintained constant.
- the temperature profile can be pre-determined by programming temperature computer controller 3162 .
- temperature profiles can be stored in a memory device of temperature controller 3162 , or input to temperature controller 3162 by an operator.
- a sensor armature relative movement means 3130 is used to move sensor armature 3120 in directions 3154 and 3156 .
- a sensor armature servo controller 3118 is fixedly connected to excitatory light filter housing 3160 . Activation of sensor armature servo controller 3118 moves fiber optic probe 3122 in directions 3154 and 3156 . It would be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the relevant art how to configure servo controllers to move heat conducting block 2912 and sensor armature 3120 . It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the use of servo controllers for movement of heat conducting block 2912 and sensor armature 3120 , and other suitable means known to one of skill in the art can also be used, such as a motor.
- Servo controllers 3118 and 3144 are both communicatively and operatively connected to computer controller 3142 .
- Computer controller 3142 controls the movement of sensor armature 3120 in directions 3154 and 3156 .
- computer controller 3142 controls the movement of heat conducting block relative movement means 3128 in directions 3150 and 3152 .
- excitatory light source 2906 is used to excite samples 2910 .
- Excitatory light source 2906 is communicatively and operably connected to excitatory light filter 3104 , which is contained within excitatory light filter housing 3160 .
- the excitation filter is an optical filter.
- Excitatory light filter 3104 filters out all wavelengths of light from excitatory light source 2906 except for the wavelength(s) of light that are desired to be delivered by fiber optic probe 3122 to samples 2910 .
- An excitatory light filter servo controller 3106 controls the aperture of excitatory light filter 3104 .
- Excitatory light source 2906 and excitatory light filter servo controller 3106 are communicatively and operatively connected to excitatory light computer controller 3102 .
- Computer controller 3102 controls the wavelength of excitatory light transmitted to samples 2910 by controlling excitatory light filter servo controller 3106 .
- Excitatory light 2916 is transmitted through excitatory light input fiber optic cable 3108 to fiber optic probe 3122 for transmission to samples 2912 .
- Fluorescence 2918 from samples 2910 is received by fiber optic probe 3122 and is transmitted to fluorescence filter 3114 by output fiber optic cable 3110 .
- fluorescence filter 3114 is contained within a fluorescence filter housing 3166 .
- Fluorescence filter housing 3166 is disposed on photomultiplier tube housing 3168 .
- Photomultiplier tube housing 3168 contains photomultiplier tube 2904 .
- a fluorescence servo controller 3112 controls the aperture of fluorescence filter 3114 , thereby controlling the wavelength of fluorescence 2918 that is transmitted to photomultiplier tube 2904 .
- Fluorescence servo controller 3112 is controlled by a computer controller 3170 .
- Fluorescence 2918 from samples 2910 is transmitted from photomultiplier tube 2904 .
- Electrical output 3140 connects photomultiplier tube 2904 to electric connection 2902 .
- Electric connection 2902 connects electrical output 3140 to computer 2914 .
- computer 2914 processes the fluorescence signal from samples 2910 .
- Exemplary software is a graphical interface that automatically analyzes fluorescence data obtained from samples 2910 .
- Such software is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the CytoFluorTMII fluorescence multi-well plate reader utilizes the CytocalcTM Data Analysis System (PerSeptive Biosystems, Framingham, Mass.).
- Other suitable software includes, MicroSoft Excel or any comparable software.
- FIGS. 32 A-C illustrate one embodiment of a thermal electric stage or heat conducting block for the assay apparatus of the present invention.
- FIG. 32A shows a side view of heat conducting block 2912 and a heat conducting wire 3206 .
- FIG. 32B shows a top view of heat conducting block 2912 and heat conducting wire 3206 .
- Heat conducting wire 3206 is a temperature adjusting element that adjusts the temperature of heat conducting block 2912 .
- temperature controller 3162 causes heat conducting wire 3206 to increase or decrease in temperature, thereby changing the temperature of heat conducting block 2912 .
- an exemplary temperature controller is a resistance device that converts electric energy into heat energy.
- the heating element can be a circulating water system, such as that disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,255,976, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the temperature adjusting element can be a heat conducting surface upon which heat conducting block 2912 is disposed.
- the temperature of heat conducting wire 3206 can be changed by temperature controller 3162 in accordance with a pre-determined temperature profile.
- Temperature controller 3162 is preferably implemented using a computer system such as that described below with respect to FIG. 37.
- computer 2914 could be used to implement temperature controller 3162 .
- An exemplary set of specifications for temperature controller 3162 and heat conducting block 2912 is as follows: resolution 0.1° C. accuracy +0.5° C. stability 0.1° C. repeatability 0.1° C.
- Temperature controller 3162 changes temperature in accordance with a temperature profile as discussed below with respect to FIGS. 36A and 36B.
- the temperature of heat conducting block 2912 can be controlled such that a uniform temperature is maintained across the heat conducting block.
- the temperature of heat conducting block 2921 can be controlled such that a temperature gradient is established from one end of the heat conducting block to the other.
- Heat conducting block 2912 is preferably configured with plurality of wells 2920 for samples 2910 to be assayed.
- each of wells 2920 is configured to receive a container containing one of plurality of samples 2910 .
- heat conducting block 2912 is configured to receive a container containing plurality of samples 2910 .
- An exemplary container for containing plurality of samples 2910 is a microtiter plate.
- heat conducting block 2912 is configured to receive a heat conducting adaptor that is configured to receive a container containing one or more of samples 2910 .
- the heat conducting adaptor is disposed on heat conducting block 2912 , and the container containing samples 2910 fits into the heat conducting adaptor.
- FIGS. 32 C-E show three exemplary configurations of a heat conducting adaptor.
- An adaptor 3200 is configured with round-bottomed wells.
- An adaptor 3202 is configured with square-bottom wells.
- An adaptor 3204 is configured with V-shaped wells.
- adaptor 3200 can receive a plurality of round-bottom containers, each containing one sample.
- adaptor 3202 can receive a plurality of square-bottom containers
- adaptor 3204 can contain a plurality of V-shaped bottom containers.
- Adaptors 3200 , 3202 , and 3204 can also receive a carrier for a multiplicity of round-bottom containers.
- An exemplary carrier is a microtitre plate having a plurality of wells, each well containing a sample.
- heat conducting block 2912 is heated
- heat conducting adaptors 3200 , 3202 , or 3204 are also heated.
- the samples contained in the containers that fit within adaptors 3200 , 3202 , or 3204 are also heated.
- Adaptors 3200 , 3202 , and 3204 can accept standard microplate geometries.
- FIG. 33 Another embodiment of the assay apparatus of the present invention is shown in FIG. 33.
- a plurality of heat conducting blocks 2912 is mounted on a rotatable platform or carousel 3306 .
- the platform can be a translatable platform.
- Platform or carousel 3306 can be composed of a heat conducting material, such as the material that heat conducting block 2912 is composed of.
- six heat conducting blocks are shown in FIG. 33, this number is exemplary and it is to be understood that any number of heat conducting blocks can be used.
- an axle 3308 is rotatably connected to base 3100 .
- Rotatable platform 3306 is axially mounted to rotate about axle 3308 .
- Rotation of axle 3308 is controlled by a servo controller 3312 .
- Servo controller 3312 is controlled by a computer controller 3314 in a manner well known to one of skill in the relevant arts.
- Computer controller 3314 causes servo controller 3312 to rotate axle 3308 thereby rotating rotatable platform 3306 . In this manner, heat conducting blocks 2912 are sequentially placed under fiber optic probe 3122 .
- Each of the plurality of heat conducting blocks 2912 can be controlled independently by temperature controller 3162 .
- the temperature of a first heat conducting block 2912 can be higher or lower than the temperature of a second heat conducting block 2912 .
- the temperature of a third heat conducting block 2912 can be higher or lower than the temperature of either first or second heat conducting block 2912 .
- relative movement means 3130 is also used to move sensor armature 3120 in directions 3150 and 3152 so that fiber optic probe 3122 can be moved to detect fluorescence from samples 2910 .
- a second sensor armature relative movement means 3316 is used to move sensor armature 3120 in directions 3154 and 3156 .
- the temperature of heat conducting blocks 2912 is controlled by temperature controller 3162 .
- Temperature controller 3162 is connected to rotatable platform 3306 by connection 3164 to heat conducting blocks 2912 . Under the action of temperature controller 3162 , the temperature of heat conducting blocks 2912 can be increased and decreased.
- temperature controller 3162 can be configured to adjust the temperature of rotatable platform 3306 . In such a configuration, when rotatable platform 3306 is heated, heat conducting blocks 2912 are also heated.
- the temperature of each of heat conducting blocks 2912 can be controlled by a circulating water system such as that noted above.
- excitatory light source 2906 is used to excite samples 2910 .
- Excitatory light source 2906 is communicatively and operably connected to excitatory light filter 3104 , which is contained within excitatory light filter housing 3160 .
- Excitatory light filter 3104 filters out all wavelengths of light from excitatory light source 2906 except for the wavelength(s) of light that are desired to be delivered by fiber optic probe 3122 to samples 2910 .
- An excitatory light filter servo controller 3106 controls the aperture of excitatory light filter 3104 .
- Excitatory light source 2906 and excitatory light filter servo controller 3106 are communicatively and operatively connected to excitatory light computer controller 3102 .
- Computer controller 3102 controls the wavelength of excitatory light transmitted to samples 2910 by controlling excitatory light filter servo controller 3106 .
- Excitatory light 2916 is transmitted through excitatory light input fiber optic cable 3108 to fiber optic probe 3122 for transmission to samples 2912 .
- Fluorescence 2918 from samples 2910 is received by fiber optic probe 3122 and is transmitted to fluorescence filter 3114 by fiber optic cable 3110 .
- Fluorescence servo controller 3112 controls fluorescence filter 3114 aperture and thus controls the wavelength of fluorescence that is transmitted to photomultiplier tube 2904 .
- fluorescence servo controller 3112 is controlled by computer controller 3170 .
- the assay apparatus of the present invention can detect fluorescence from samples 2910 one sample at a time or simultaneously from a subset of samples 2910 .
- the term “subset of samples” refers to at least two of samples 2910 .
- a plurality of excitatory light filters 3104 , excitatory light input fiber optic cables 3108 , emission light output fiber optic cables 3110 , and emission light filters 3114 must be used.
- the fluorescence signal is transmitted from photomultiplier tube 2904 to computer 2914 .
- Photomultiplier tube 2904 is communicatively and operatively coupled to computer 2914 by electrical connection 2902 .
- Connection 2902 is connected to photomultiplier tube 2904 through electrical output 3140 .
- Computer 2914 functions as a data analysis means for analyzing fluorescence as a function of temperature.
- FIG. 34 illustrates a top view of the assay apparatus shown in FIG. 33 with a housing 3400 that covers the apparatus.
- a door 3402 opens to reveal samples 2910 .
- Door 3402 can be a hinge door that swings open. Alternatively, door 3402 can be a sliding door that slides open.
- a side view of the assay apparatus shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 is illustrated in FIG. 35.
- Cover 3400 is disposed on top of base 3100 .
- Cover 3400 can be made of any suitable material.
- cover 3400 can be made of plexiglass, fiberglass, or metal.
- FIG. 36A illustrates a temperature profile 3600 that shows the temperature of heat conducting blocks 2912 as a function of time.
- Heat conducting blocks 2912 and samples 2910 are heated in a continuous fashion in accordance with temperature profile 3600 .
- rotatable platform 3306 can be heated along with heat conducting blocks 2912 .
- temperature profile 3600 is linear, with temperatures ranging from about 4° C. to about 110° C.
- temperature profile 3600 can be characterized by incremental, stair step increases in temperature, in which heat conducting blocks 2912 and samples 2910 are heated to a predetermined temperature, maintained at that temperature for a predetermined period of time, and than heated to a higher predetermined temperature.
- temperature can be increased from 0.5° C. to 20° C. per minute.
- the temperature range from about 4° C. to about 110° C. is disclosed, it is to be understood that the temperature range with which a given target molecule, for example, a protein, is to be heated to generate thermal unfolding information can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- the length of time over which temperature profile 3600 is accomplished will vary, depending on how many samples are to be assayed and on how rapidly the sensor that receives fluorescence 2918 can detect fluorescence 2918 from samples 2910 .
- an experiment in which each of six heat conducting blocks 2912 holds a total of 96 samples 2910 (for a total of 576 samples), and in which samples are scanned using a fluorescent reader device having a single fiber optic probe, and in which the temperature profile is from 38° C. and 76° C. would take approximately 38 minutes to perform using the apparatus shown in FIG. 33.
- fluorescence 2918 from each sample 2910 in a first heat conducting block 2912 is received through fiber optic probe 3122 .
- platform 3306 is rotated to move the next heat conducting block 2912 under fiber optic probe 3122 and fluorescence 2918 from samples 2910 is received by fiber optic probe 3122 . This process is continued until reception of fluorescences from all samples in all heat conducting blocks 2912 is complete. Fluorescence from samples 2910 on each heat conducting block 2912 can be received one at a time, simultaneously from a subset of samples, simultaneously from one row of samples at a time, or all of the samples at one time.
- the present invention may be implemented using hardware, software, or a combination thereof, and may be implemented in a computer system or other processing system.
- a flowchart 3800 for implementation of one embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIG. 38.
- Flowchart 3800 begins with a start step 3802 .
- temperature profile 3600 is initiated.
- temperature controller 3162 causes the temperature of heat conducting block 2912 to increase.
- a sensor such as fiber optic probe 3122 or CCD camera 3000 is moved over a sample 2910 , row of samples 2910 , or all of samples 2910 .
- excitatory light is transmitted to sample(s) 2910 using excitatory light source 2906 .
- a step 3810 fluorescence is received by the sensor from sample(s) 2910 .
- a decision step 3812 it is determined whether fluorescence 2918 has been received from all of the samples, rows of samples, in one heat conducting block 2912 . If fluorescence 2918 has not been received from all of the samples or rows of samples, the sensor is moved over the next sample or row of samples in a step 3814 . Processing then continues at step 3808 to transmit excitatory light 2916 . Processing then continues to a step 3810 to receive fluorescence 2918 from sample(s) 2910 .
- fluorescence 2918 has been received from all of samples or rows of samples, processing continues to a decision step 3816 .
- decision step 3816 it is determined whether fluorescence 2918 has been received from samples in all heat conducting blocks. If not, rotatable platform 3306 is rotated in a step 3818 to place the next heat conducting block 2912 and samples 2910 contained therein under the sensor. Steps 3806 through 3818 are followed until fluorescence 2918 has been received from all of the samples in all of heat conducting blocks 2912 . Processing then continues to a step 3820 , in which temperature profile 3600 is completed and processing ends at a step 3822 .
- FIG. 39 A flowchart 3900 for implementation of an alternate embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIG. 39.
- a sensor for simultaneously receiving fluorescence 2918 from all of samples 2910 on heat conducting block 2912 such as CCD camera 3000 , is positioned over heat conducting block 2912 .
- Flowchart 3900 begins with a start step 3902 .
- temperature profile 3600 is initiated.
- temperature controller 3162 causes the temperature of heat conducting block 2912 to increase.
- excitatory light is transmitted to sample(s) 2910 using excitatory light source 2906 .
- fluorescence is received by CCD camera 3000 from sample(s) 2910 .
- a decision step 3910 it is determined whether fluorescence 2918 has been received from all of heat conducting blocks 2912 . If not, rotatable platform 3306 is rotated in a step 3912 to place the next heat conducting block 2912 and samples 2910 contained therein under CCD camera 3000 . Steps 3906 through 3912 are followed until fluorescence 2918 has been received from samples 2910 in all of heat conducting blocks 2912 . Processing then continues to a step 3914 . In step 3914 , temperature profile 3600 is completed and processing ends at a step 3916 .
- the present invention may be implemented using hardware, software, or a combination thereof, and may be implemented in a computer system or other processing system.
- An exemplary computer system 3702 is shown in FIG. 37.
- Computer controllers 3102 , 3142 , 3162 , 3170 , or 3314 can be implemented using one or more computer systems such as computer system 3702 .
- Computer system 3702 includes one or more processors, such as processor 3704 .
- Processor 3704 is connected to a communication bus 3706 .
- Computer system 3702 also includes a main memory 3708 , preferably random access memory (RAM), and can also include a secondary memory 3710 .
- the secondary memory 3710 can include, for example, a hard disk drive 3712 and/or a removable storage drive 3714 , representing a floppy disk drive, a magnetic tape drive, an optical disk drive, etc.
- the removable storage drive 3714 reads from and/or writes to a removable storage unit 3716 in a well known manner.
- Removable storage unit 3716 represents a floppy disk, magnetic tape, optical disk, etc. which is read by and written to by removable storage drive 3714 .
- the removable storage unit 3716 includes a computer usable storage medium having stored therein computer software and/or data.
- secondary memory 3710 may include other similar means for allowing computer programs or other instructions to be loaded into computer system 3702 .
- Such means can include, for example, a removable storage unit 3718 and an interface 3720 .
- Examples of such can include a program cartridge and cartridge interface (such as that found in video game devices), a removable memory chip (such as an EPROM, or PROM) and associated socket, and other removable storage units 3718 and interfaces 3720 which allow software and data to be transferred from the removable storage unit 3718 to computer system 3702 .
- Computer system 3702 can also include a communications interface 3722 .
- Communications interface 3722 allows software and data to be transferred between computer system 3702 and external devices.
- Examples of communications interface 3722 can include a modem, a network interface (such as an Ethernet card), a communications port, a PCMCIA slot and card, etc.
- Software and data transferred via communications interface 3722 are in the form of signals 3724 which can be electronic, electromagnetic, optical or other signals capable of being received by communications interface 3722 . These signals 3724 are provided to communications interface via a channel 3726 .
- This channel 3726 carries signals 3724 and can be implemented using wire or cable, fiber optics, a phone line, a cellular phone link, an RF link and other communications channels.
- one example of channel 3726 is electrical connection 2902 that carries signal 3724 of fluorescence 2918 to computer 2914 .
- computer program medium and “computer usable medium” are used to generally refer to media such as removable storage device, 3716 and 3718 , a hard disk installed in hard disk drive 3712 , and signals 3724 . These computer program products are means for providing software to computer system 3702 .
- Computer programs are stored in main memory 3708 and/or secondary memory 3710 . Computer programs can also be received via communications interface 3722 . Such computer programs, when executed, enable the computer system 3702 to perform the features of the present invention as discussed herein. In particular, the computer programs, when executed, enable the processor 3704 to perform the features of the present invention. Accordingly, such computer programs represent controllers of the computer system 3702 .
- the software may be stored in a computer program product and loaded into computer system 3702 using removable storage drive 3714 , hard drive 3712 or communications interface 3722 .
- the control logic when executed by the processor 3704 , causes the processor 3704 to perform the functions of the invention as described herein.
- the invention is implemented primarily in hardware using, for example, hardware components such as application specific integrated circuits (ASICs).
- ASICs application specific integrated circuits
- the invention is implemented using a combination of both hardware and software.
- K i 's for these compounds ranged from 7.7 nM for 3dp-4026 to 20.0 ⁇ M for 3dp-3811.
- a stock human ⁇ -thrombin solution (1.56 mg/mL) from Enzyme Research Labs was first diluted to 0.5 mg/mL (11 ⁇ M) with 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl (assay buffer, unless mentioned otherwise), and stored on ice.
- the five ligands (recrystallized solids characterized by mass spectrometry and NMR) were accurately weighed out to be 1.5 to 2.0 mg and dissolved in 1.0 mL of 100% DMSO so that the concentration was between 1.8 and 3.8 mM.
- a 96 well V-bottom Costar microplate was then set up such that 100 ⁇ L of the 11 ⁇ M human ⁇ -thrombin solution was pipetted into wells A 1 through A 6 .
- the contents were mixed by repeated uptake and discharge using a 100 ⁇ L pipette tip.
- one drop of mineral oil (Sigma, St.
- the microplate was then placed on heating block 4 of a RoboCycler Gradient 96 Temperature Cycler (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.), set at 25° C., for 1 minute.
- the plate was then placed into a SPECTRAmaxTM 250 spectrophotometer (set to 30° C.) and the absorbance at 350 nm was measured for each sample. This reading served as the blank or reference from which all the other readings at higher temperatures were compared.
- the assay was initiated by setting heating block 1 to 38° C., programming the temperature cycler to move the microplate to heating block 1 , and keeping the microplate there for 3 minutes.
- the plate was moved to the 25° C. block (Block 4 ) for 30 seconds, inserted in the spectrophotometer, and absorbance was read at 350 nm.
- the microplate was then put back into the temperature cycler and was moved to heating block 2 , which had been pre-equilibrated at 40° C. After 3 minutes at 40° C., the plate was returned to 25° C. (on block 4) for 30 seconds, and was returned to the spectrophotometer for a measurement of absorbance at 350 nm. This process was repeated 18 more times until the temperature had been raised to 76° C. in 2° C. increments. After subtraction of the blank absorbance (A 350 at 25° C.), turbidity, reflected in the absorbance value, was plotted as a function of temperature. The thermal denaturation curves for this experiment are shown in FIG. 1.
- Assays for ligands that bind to the heparin binding site of human ⁇ -thrombin are more difficult to perform than assays for ligands that bind to the active site of human ⁇ -thrombin.
- At the heparin binding site no substrate is hydrolyzed, so no spectrophotometric signal can be amplified for instrumental detection.
- Heparin activity is usually estimated in biological clotting time assays.
- heparin binding affinity for human ⁇ -thrombin can be determined by laboriously conducting 15 to 20 single point assays, in which the concentration of low MW heparin is varied over two logs, and monitoring the quenching of the fluorescent probe, p-aminobenzamidine, bound to the active site of human ⁇ -thrombin (Olson, S. T. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266:6342-6352 (1991)).
- heparin binding to human ⁇ -thrombin represents the kind of challenge encountered with the vast majority of non-enzyme receptor/ligand binding events, which are commonly observed for hormone/receptor interactions, repressor/DNA interactions, neurotransmitter/receptor interactions, etc.
- thermo shift assay Several heparin-like sulfated oligosaccharides and sulfated naphthalene compounds were assayed by the microplate thermal shift assay. Using the thermal shift assay, it was possible to use a single compound per well to quickly rank the compounds in order of increasing binding affinity, with K d 's ranging over three orders of magnitude (see Table 4). Like the experiment in Example 1, the thermal shift assay results agreed closely with the results obtained through an alternative method, which required a series of laborious (15 to 20 single determinations) fluorescence quench assays over a wide range of concentrations of low MW heparin (Olson, S. T. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266:6342-6352 (1991)). These results confirm that by simply observing the shift in T m for a series of compounds, relative to the control, one can easily and correctly rank a series of compounds in increasing order of binding affinity for the protein of interest.
- the second therapeutic receptor tested in the microplate thermal shift assay was acidic fibroblast growth factor (aFGF), a growth factor that plays a key role in angiogenesis (Folkman, J. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267:10931-10934 (1992)).
- a synthetic gene for this protein was purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.), and was cloned and expressed in E. coli using methods similar to those described for basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) (Thompson, L. D. et al., Biochemistry 33:3831-3840 (1994); Pantoliano, M. W.
- aFGF Recombinant aFGF was then purified by heparin-sepharose affinity chromatography as described (Thompson, L. D. et al., Biochemistry 33:3831-3840 (1994)).
- aFGF is also known to bind heparin/heparan, which is a cofactor for mitogenic activity.
- Heparin-like molecules, such as pentosan PSO 4 and suramin inhibit the growth factor's biological activity.
- a microplate thermal assay of these compounds was set up in a way similar to that described above for human ⁇ -thrombin.
- the change in turbidity, as a function of temperature, for each of the ligands suramin, heparin 5000, and pentosan PSO 4 is shown in FIG. 2.
- the results are summarized in Table 5.
- the affinity constants covered a fairly broad range of binding affinities, with pentosan PSO 4 showing the highest affinity.
- the order of ligand binding affinity of pentosan PSO 4 , heparin 5000 and suramin paralleled that found for bFGF, as measured using isothermal titrating calorimetry (Pantoliano, M. W. et al., Biochemistry 33:10229-10248 (1994)).
- the lack of alternatively measured binding affinities for these compounds probably attests to the difficulty of making these measurements using assays which do not monitor physical, temperature-dependent changes.
- the microplate thermal shift assay was used to assess ligands for binding to the heparin binding site of basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF).
- bFGF basic fibroblast growth factor
- the gene for bFGF was purchased from R&D Systems and was cloned and expressed in E. coli as previously described (Thompson, L. D. et al., Biochemistry 33:3831-3840 (1994); Pantoliano, M. W. et al., Biochemistry 33:10229-10248 (1994);. Springer, B. A. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:26879-26884 (1994)).
- fluorescence thermal shift assay was used to assess ligand binding to human ⁇ -thrombin.
- the fluorescence emission spectra of many fluorophores are sensitive to the polarity of their surrounding environment and therefore are effective probes of phase transitions for proteins (i.e., from the native to the unfolded phase).
- the most studied example of these environment dependent fluorophores is 8-anilinonaphthalene-1-sulfonate (1,8-ANS), for which it has been observed that the emission spectrum shifts to shorter wavelengths (blue shifts) as the solvent polarity decreases.
- These blue shifts are usually accompanied by an increase in the fluorescence quantum yield of the fluorophore. In the case of ANS, the quantum yield is 0.002 in water and increases to 0.4 when ANS is bound to serum albumin.
- ANS was used as a fluorescence probe molecule to monitor protein denaturation.
- the final concentration of human ⁇ -thrombin was 0.5 ⁇ M, which is 20-fold more dilute than the concentrations used in the turbidity assays. This concentration of human ⁇ -thrombin is in the range used for the kinetic screening assays.
- ANS was excited with light at a wavelength of 360 nm.
- the fluorescence emission was measured at 460 nm using a CytoFluor II fluorescence microplate reader (PerSeptive Biosystems, Framingham, Mass.).
- the temperature was ramped up as described above for the turbidity assays (see Example 1).
- the plot of fluorescence as a function of temperature is shown in FIG. 3 for human ⁇ -thrombin alone, and for the 3dp-4026/human ⁇ -thrombin complex.
- the denaturation transition for human ⁇ -thrombin was clearly observed at 57° C., a temperature which is only slightly higher than that observed in the turbidity experiment.
- the denaturation transition signal is much cleaner than the signal in the turbidity assays.
- higher concentrations of protein led to precipitation of denatured protein. Precipitated protein contributed to the noisy signal.
- D(II) FGFR1 is a 124 residue domain which is responsible for most of the free energy of binding for bFGF.
- D(II) FGFR1 was cloned and expressed in E. coli. Recombinant D(II) FGFR1 was renatured from inclusion bodies essentially as described (Wetmore, D. R. et al., Proc. Soc. Mtg., San Diego, Calif.
- D(II) FGFR1 was further purified on a heparin-sepharose column (Kan, M. et al., Science 259:1918-1921 (1993); Pantoliano, M. W. et al., Biochemistry 33:10229-10248 (1994)). Purity was>95%, as judged by SDS-PAGE.
- the D(II) FGFR1 protein was concentrated to 12 mg/mL ( ⁇ 1 mM) and stored at 4° C.
- the D(II) FGFR1 protein was dissolved in an ANS solution to a concentration of 1.0 mg/mL (70 AM).
- the quantum yield for ANS bound to the denatured form of D(II) FGFR1 was lower than the quantum yield for ANS bound to human ⁇ -thrombin. Because ANS fluorescence is very environment dependent (see Lakowicz, I. R., Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Plenum Press, New York (1983)), the quantum yield observed for the denaturation of different proteins will vary. For D(II) FGFR1, the signal for the turbidity version of the assay, however, was nearly undetectable.
- Factor D is an essential serine protease involved in the activation of the alternative pathway of the complement system, the major effector system of the host defense against invading pathogens.
- Factor D was purified from the urine of a patient with Fanconi's syndrome (Narayana et al., J. Mol. Biol. 235:695-708 (1994)) and diluted to 4 ⁇ M in assay buffer (50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl). The assay volume was 10 ⁇ L and the concentration of 1,8-ANS was 100 ⁇ M.
- the experiment was carried out using 15 ⁇ L round bottom dimple plates (an 8 ⁇ 12 well array).
- the protein was heated in two degree increments between 42° C. to 62° C., using a RobocyclerTM temperature cycler. After each heating step, and prior to fluorescence scanning using the CytoFluor IITM fluorescence plate reader the sample was cooled to 25° C. (see Example 1).
- the non-linear least squares curve fitting and other data analysis were performed as described for FIG. 3.
- the results of the microplate thermal shift assay of Factor D is shown in FIG. 5 and reveal a thermal unfolding transition that occurs near 324 K (51° C.) for the unliganded form of the protein. No reversible ligands of significant affinity are known for Factor D.
- the results in FIG. 5 show that the microplate thermal shift assay can be used to screen a library of compounds for Factor D ligands.
- the results in FIG. 5 also show that the microplate thermal shift assay is generally applicable
- Human Factor Xa a key enzyme in the blood clotting coagulation pathway, was chosen as yet another test of the cross target utility of the microplate thermal shift assay.
- Factor Xa was purchased from Enzyme research Labs (South Bend, Ind.) and diluted to 1.4 ⁇ M in assay buffer (50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl). The assay volume was 100 ⁇ L and the concentration of 1,8-ANS was 100 ⁇ M. The protein was heated in two degree increments between 50° C. to 80° C. using a RobocyclerTM temperature cycler.
- a miniaturized form of the microplate thermal shift assay was developed to minimize the amount of valuable therapeutic protein and ligands required for the assay.
- the assay volume was decreased from 100 ⁇ L to 50 ⁇ L without adversely affecting the fluorescent signal.
- the assay volume was reduced further by a factor of ten, to 5 ⁇ L, favorable results were obtained for human ⁇ -thrombin.
- the human ⁇ -thrombin unfolding transition could be easily observed at its usual T m .
- an active site inhibitor was observed to shift the T m of the unfolding transition by 8.3° K to yield an estimate of the K d of 15 nM at the T m .
- T m 332.2° K (midpoint of the unfolding transition in the absence of a ligand)
- H u 200.0 kcal/mol (enthalpy of unfolding for pre thrombin observed by Lentz et al., 1994)
- the measurements shown in FIG. 7 were obtained using the CytoFluor II fluorescence plate reader (PerSeptive Biosystems, Framingham, Mass.). In the experiment, the excitation wavelength of light was 360 nm and the emission was measured at 460 nm.
- the microplates employed for this miniaturized assay were either the conventional polycarbonate V-bottom 96 well plate (Stratagene, or Costar) or polycarbonate plates that contain 15 ⁇ L dimples in an 8 ⁇ 12 array (Costar plate lids). In the reaction, the concentration of human ⁇ -thrombin was ⁇ M in assay buffer (50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl).
- the assay volume was 5 ⁇ L and the concentration of 1,8-ANS was 100 ⁇ M.
- the protein was heated in two degree increments between 44° C. to 64° C. using a RobocyclerTM temperature cycler. After each heating step, and prior to fluorescence scanning using the CytoFluor IITM fluorescence plate reader the sample was cooled to 25° C. for 30 seconds (see Example 1). The non-linear least squares curve fitting and other data analysis were performed as described for FIG. 3.
- Recombinant D(II) FGFR1 was purified from inclusion bodies and purified by affinity chromatography on heparin sepharose.
- a stock solution of D(II) FGFR1 (15 mg/mL; 1.1 mM) was diluted to 50 ⁇ M in assay buffer (50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl).
- the assay volume was 10 ⁇ L and the concentration of 1,8-ANS was 250 ⁇ M.
- the unfolding transition in the absence of ligands was found to be about 312 K (39° C.) as shown in FIG. 8.
- U-PA human urokinase-type plasminogen activator
- U-PA enzymatically converts plasminogen into the active protease plasmin.
- U-PA is involved in tissue remodeling, cellular migration and metastases.
- the gene for u-PA was obtained from ATCC (Rockville, Md.) and modified to appropriately express active enzyme in E. coli.
- u-PA was cloned, overexpressed in E. coli, and purified using procedures similar to those described by Winkler et al. ( Biochemistry 25:4041-4045 (1986)).
- CMK active site inhibitor glu-gly-arg-chloromethylketone
- the experiment was performed in the miniaturized format in 5 ⁇ L well volume.
- One ⁇ L of concentrated CMK-u-PA (13 g/L, 371.4 ⁇ M) was added to 4 ⁇ L of 62.5 mM MOPS, pH 7, 125 mM NaCl, and 250 ⁇ M 1,8-ANS, in multiple wells of a 96-well polycarbonate V-bottom microtiter plate.
- a thermal denaturation curve was generated as previously described for thrombin, aFGF, D(II)FGFR1, Factor D, and Factor Xa, by incremental heating of the microplate followed by a fluorescence reading after each temperature increase. Analysis and non-linear least squares fitting of the data for this experiment show that the T m for CMK-u-PA under these conditions is 81° C., which is considerably higher than that seen for thrombin, aFGF, D(II)FGFR1, Factor D, and Factor Xa (55, 44, 40, 51, 55, and 65° C., respectively).
- This experiment demonstrates the utility of the current invention in determining the T m for relatively thermostable proteins or proteins stabilized by the high affinity binding of ligand(s) and further demonstrates the ability to perform such an experiment in a miniaturized format.
- a stock thrombin solution was diluted to 1 ⁇ M in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl and 100 ⁇ M 1,8-ANS.
- An electronic multi-channel pipettor was used to dispense either 2 ⁇ L or 5 ⁇ L of diluted thrombin solution into wells of a 96-well polycarbonate microtiter plat.
- the plate was subjected to 3 minutes of heating in a thermal block capable of establishing a temperature gradient across the microplate, followed by 30 seconds cooling to 25 ° C., and subsequent reading in the CytoFluor II fluorescence plate reader. Data were analyzed by non-linear least squares fitting and plotted as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11. Each curve represents a replicate experiment.
- the assay volume was reduced to 2 ⁇ L, as shown for human ⁇ -thrombin (1.0 ⁇ M) in FIG. 11.
- Reproducible pipetting of 2 ⁇ L in a 96 well array requires the employment of specialized pipetting tools such as the multi-channel pipettor available from Matrix Technologies Corp. (Lowell, Mass.) which has ⁇ 2.0% or 0.15 ⁇ L precision and ⁇ 2.5% or 0.15 ⁇ L accuracy for volumes 0.5 to 12.5 ⁇ L.
- Results of a single temperature assay are shown in FIG. 12.
- the compounds 3DP-3811, 3DP-3959, 3DP-4076, and 3DP-4660 bind to the active site of human ⁇ -thrombin.
- the K i 's (enzymatically determined) of these four compounds for human ⁇ -thrombin are of 20,000 nM, 250 nM, 25nM, and 8 nM, respectively.
- Each of these four compounds were equilibrated with human ⁇ -thrombin in separate 5 ⁇ l assay volumes in a 96 well plate. The final ligand concentration was 50 ⁇ M.
- the thermal shift assay can be used for the screening of ligands for binding to single sites on target proteins.
- the microplate thermal shift assay is based, the near additivity of the free energy of ligand binding and protein unfolding, it is possible to employ the microplate thermal shift assay for analyzing multi-ligand binding interactions with a target protein. If the free energy of binding of different ligands binding to the same protein are nearly additive, then one can analyze multi-ligand binding systems, whether the ligands bind in a cooperative (positive) fashion or a non-cooperative (negative) fashion.
- Human ⁇ -thrombin it has at least four different ligand binding sites: (1) the catalytic binding site; (2) the fibrin binding site (exosite I); (3) the heparin binding site (exosite II); and (4) the Na + binding site, located ⁇ 15 ⁇ from the catalytic site.
- a stock thrombin solution was diluted to 1 ⁇ M in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl, 1 mM CaCl 2 , and 100 ⁇ M 1,8-ANS.
- Each thrombin ligand was included singly and in various combinations to 1 ⁇ M thrombin solutions at final concentrations of 50 ⁇ M each, except for heparin 5000, which was 200 ⁇ M.
- 100 ⁇ L of thrombin or thrombin/ligand(s) solution was dispensed into wells of a 96-well V-bottom polycarbonate microtiter plate.
- the plate was subjected to 3 minutes of heating in a thermal block capable of establishing a temperature gradient across the microplate, followed by 30 seconds cooling at 25° C., and subsequent reading in a fluorescence plate reader. Data were analyzed by non-linear least squares fitting.
- FIGS. 15 and 16 The results of these individual binding reactions are shown in FIGS. 15 and 16.
- the rank order of binding affinity was 3DP-4660>Hirugen>heparin 5000, corresponding to K d values of 15 nM, 185 nM and 3434 nM, respectively, for the ligands binding at each T m (see Equation (4)).
- FIG. 15, FIG. 16, Table 7 illustrate the following advantages of using the microplate thermal shift assay to perform multi-variable analyses.
- the same microplate thermal shift assay can be used to simultaneously detect the binding of multiple ligands at multiple binding sites in a target protein.
- the microplate thermal shift assay can be used to detect the same ligand binding to two or more sites in a therapeutic target.
- the microplate thermal shift assay affords the detection of cooperativity in ligand binding. Information about ligand binding cooperativity can be collected and analyzed very quickly. Thus, multi-ligand binding experiments that would take months to perform using alternative technologies take only hours to perform using the microplate thermal shift assay.
- the microplate thermal shift assay was used, with four different fluorophores, to simultaneously screen the effects of multiple pH values, sodium chloride concentrations, and reduction-oxidation compounds on human ⁇ -thrombin stability.
- Thrombin solution was diluted to 1 ⁇ M in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, NaCl at either 0.1 M or 0.5 M, 10 mM EDTA, 10 mM CaCl 2 , 10 mM dithiothreitol, 10 1 mM CaCl 2 , and 100 ⁇ M 1,8-ANS, 10% (v/v) glycerol, or 0.1% (w/v) polyethylene glycol (PEG) 6000. Reaction volume was 100 ⁇ L.
- FIGS. 17 A-D summarize the stability data collected in a single 96 well plate for human ⁇ -thrombin.
- the fluorophore is 1,8-ANS.
- the fluorophore is 2,6-ANS.
- the fluorophore is 2,6-TNS.
- the fluorophore is bis-ANS.
- the results in FIGS. 17 A-D show a pH optimum of about 7.0 and an increase in stability with increasing NaCl concentration. A ⁇ T m of about 12° C. was observed when the NaCl concentration was increased from 0 to 0.5 M.
- FIG. 17A the fluorophore is 1,8-ANS.
- the fluorophore is 2,6-ANS.
- the fluorophore is 2,6-TNS.
- the fluorophore is bis-ANS.
- the results in FIGS. 17 A-D show a pH optimum of about 7.0 and an increase in stability with increasing NaCl concentration. A ⁇ T m of about 12° C
- the additional stabilization that occurs at a NaCl concentration of greater than 0.10 M may come from additional Na + and/or Cl ⁇ binding events summed over the entire structure of human ⁇ -thrombin.
- the source of this further stabilization may come from less specific salting out effect that is usually observed at 0.5 to 2 M NaCl and is due to the preferential hydration of proteins induced by salts (Timasheff & Arakawa, In: Protein Structure, A Practical Approach, T. E. Creighton, ed., IRL Press, Oxford, UK (1989), pp. 331-354)).
- the stabilizing effect of glycerol on proteins has been attributed to a balance between the preferential exclusion of glycerol (i.e.
- the microplate thermal shift assay was used to simultaneously screen the effects of multiple biochemical conditions on D(II) FGF receptor 1 stability.
- the assays were performed by mixing 1 ⁇ L of D(II) FGFR1 (from a 500 ⁇ M concentrated stock in 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5) with 4 ⁇ L of each biochemical condition in wells of a 96-well polycarbonate microtiter plate. Final protein concentration after mixing was 100 ⁇ M and final 1,8-ANS concentration was 200 ⁇ M.
- Biochemical conditions were tested as follows: The pH's tested were 5 (Na acetate), 6 (MES), 7 (MOPS), 8 (HEPES), and 9 (CHES), with final buffer concentrations of 50 mM.
- the salt concentrations tested were 0.1 or 0.5 M NaCl. Additives were tested in 50 mM MOPS, pH 7, 0.1 M NaCl, at final concentrations of 1 mM (EDTA, dithiothreitol), 10 mM (CaCl 2 , MgCl 2 , MgSO 4 , NiSO 4 ), 50 mM (arginine), 100 mM ((NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , LiSO 4 , Na 2 SO 4 , ZnSO 4 ), 5% w/v (polyethylene glycol 6000), and 10% v/v glycerol.
- EDTA dithiothreitol
- 10 mM CaCl 2 , MgCl 2 , MgSO 4 , NiSO 4
- 100 mM ((NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , LiSO 4 , Na 2 SO 4 , ZnSO 4 ), 5% w/v (polyethylene
- FIGS. 19 - 24 The results of these multi-variable experiments are shown in FIGS. 19 - 24 .
- stability increased with increasing NaCl concentration.
- a ⁇ T m of about 5° C. was observed as NaCl concentration was increased from 0.1 to 0.5 M.
- both MgSO 4 and arginine stabilized the protein.
- 10% glycerol stabilized the protein.
- salts of the Hofmeister series such as Li 2 SO 4 , Na 2 SO 4 , (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 and Mg 2 SO 4 all had stabilizing effects (FIG. 21).
- dithiothreitol destabililzed the protein.
- the microplate thermal shift assay was used to simultaneously screen the effects of multiple biochemical conditions on human urokinase stability. This experiment was performed by mixing 1 ⁇ L of urokinase (from a 371 5M concentrated stock in 20 mM Tris pH 8) with 4 ⁇ L of each biochemical condition in wells of a 96-well polycarbonate microtiter plate. Final protein concentration after mixing was 74 ⁇ M and final 1,8-ANS concentration was 200 ⁇ M. Biochemical conditions were tested as follows: The pH's tested were 5 (acetate), 6 (MES), 7 (MOPS), 8 (HEPES), and 9 (CHES) with final buffer concentrations of 50 mM. The salt concentrations tested were 0.1 or 0.5 M NaCl. Glycerol was tested at 10% v/v in 50 mM MOPS, pH 7, 0.1 M NaCl.
- FIGS. 17 - 25 illustrate the advantage of using the microplate thermal shift assay to simultaneously screen for multi-variable biochemical conditions that optimize protein stability.
- the methods and apparatus of the present invention one can rapidly screen large arrays of biochemical conditions for conditions that influence the stability of proteins.
- the present invention can be used to rapidly identify biochemical conditions that optimize protein shelf-life.
- FIG. 28 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of using each of four fluorescence probe molecules: bis-ANS, 2,6-TNS, 1,8-TNS, and 2,6-ANS.
- Thrombin solution was diluted to 1 ⁇ M in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, and 0.1 M NaCl.
- a Gel Documentation and Analysis System (Alpha Innotech Corp., San Leandro, Calif.) was used to perform a microplate thermal shift assay.
- This system uses a CCD camera to detect fluorescence emission from stained gels, dot blot assays, and 96 well plates.
- the excitatory light source was a long wavelength UV trans-illumination box located directly below the CCD camera.
- the 96 well plate to be assayed was placed on the trans-illumination box within the focal viewing area of the CCD camera (21 ⁇ 26 cm).
- a 2 ⁇ M solution of human ⁇ -thrombin was prepared in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl by diluting a 34 ⁇ M stock solution (1:17) of purified human ⁇ -thrombin (Enzyme Research Labs, Madison, Wis.).
- the human ⁇ -thrombin solution also contained 100 ⁇ M 1,8-ANS.
- 100 ⁇ L of the human ⁇ -thrombin-1,8-ANS solution was aliquoted into each of twelve wells of a single row (row A) of a V-bottom polycarbonate microplate (Costar).
- a gradient block (RoboCyclerTM, Stratagene) was used to heat the twelve samples, from 44 to 66° C., across the rows of the microplate. i.e. a temperature gradient of 2° C. per well was established. Thus, well A 1 was at 66° C. and well A 12 was at 44° C.
- the control solution that contained 100 ⁇ M 1,8 ANS in the same buffer (no protein) was placed in each of wells B 1 to B 12 . After adding a drop of mineral oil to each well to prevent evaporation, the plate was heated on the gradient block for 3 min. The contents of each well were then allowed to reach room temperature and transferred to a flat bottom microplate.
- the V-bottom well microplate image is shown in FIG. 41A.
- the dimple plate image is shown in FIG. 41B.
- the results obtained from the plate in FIG. 41A is shown in FIG. 42.
- the results in FIG. 42 show that data obtained using a CCD camera compare very well with data obtained using a fluorescence plate reader that employs a photo-multiplier tube (PMT) for fluorescence detection.
- PMT photo-multiplier tube
- FIG. 43A An empty 384-well black polypropylene thermocycler plate (Matrix, Inc.) was imaged in an enclosed, black-walled metal box using two ultraviolet lamps (365 nm peak emission). The images were recorded using a charge-coupled device (CCD) camera (Cohu) equipped with optical filters.
- CCD charge-coupled device
- FIG. 43B data were collected using a long pass filter (475 cut-on wavelength) was combined with a short pass filter (550 nm cut-off wavelength) to allow transmittance of light from 475 nm to 550 nm into the CCD camera.
- FIGS. 43A and 43B were recorded using an empty, black plate. Therefore, anything present in the image other than the black background is due to unwanted background fluorescence or light scattering coming from contaminants on the surface of the plate (e.g. dust particles).
- FIG. 43A shows that the amount of background interference is much greater for the 435 longpass filter than for the 475 nm longpass filter (FIG. 43B). This illustrates the importance of imaging at longer wavelengths (greater than 475 nm), and the value of using a reporter dye molecule that emits as much light as possible at wavelengths greater than 475 nm.
- a 0.2 mg/mL solution of chicken muscle pyruvate kinase (Sigma Chemical Co., catalog # P6406) was incubated with either 10 mM 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonate (1,8-ANS) (FIG. 44, open squares) or 10 mM 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-12800) (FIG. 44, closed squares) in a 500 uL four-sided quartz cuvette.
- Fluorescence spectra were recorded using a spectrofluorimeter (Florolog, SPEX/ISA), with the excitation monochromator set to 370 nm, and the excitation and emission bandpass slit widths set at 1 nm, The instrument was operated in front-face collection mode, so that fluorescence was collected from the same face of the cuvette that was illuminated by the exciting light source.
- Emission spectra of native protein+dye were recorded after mixing the protein and dye solutions at room temperature.
- Emission spectra of denatured protein and fluorescence dye were recorded after the protein/dye solutions were heated to 75° C. for 2 minutes, and then cooled to room temperature immediately prior to data collection. The spectra shown in FIG.
- difference spectra that were calculated by subtracting the native protein fluorescence from the denatured protein fluorescence for each dye at 25° C. These difference spectra represent the dependence of the fluorescence signal at the emission wavelength for each reporter dye, and show the increase in fluorescence signal upon the thermal unfolding of pyruvate kinase.
- a 1 ⁇ M thrombin solution was mixed with 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate dye to yield a final concentration of 100 ⁇ M 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate.
- This solution was pipetted into all the wells of a 384-well black thermocycler plate with a final volume of 4 uL per well, and 3 uL of mineral oil was then added to each well.
- the ratio of signals from 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate and 1,8-ANS was calculated by averaging the signals of all 384 wells on each plate, and dividing the average signal from 1,8-ANS into that for 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate.
- 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate was found to generate 4.25 times more signal than 1,8-ANS.
- 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate yields substantially more signal than 1,8-ANS, under the conditions employed, showing that 5-(4′′-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate is superior to 1,8-ANS for practicing the thermal unfolding screening assays in the optimal wavelength range.
- the assay conditions were as follows: human mdm2, 12kDa fragment (residues 17-127):0.084 mg/mL protein, 50 mM HBEPES, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.5, 3 mM glutathione (reduced form), temperature range: 30-50° C., measured in 1.5 degree increments; human plasminogen activator inhibitor 1:0.05 mg/mL protein, 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.0, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.5, temperature range: 30-60° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments; bovine liver dihydrofolate reductase: 0.2 mg/mL protein, 50 mM HEPES, 100 mM NaCl, pH.
- human basic fibroblast growth factor 4 ⁇ M protein, 45 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 88 mM NaCl, temperature range: 35-99° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments; the D2/D3 fragment of human basic fibroblast growth factor receptor 1:24 ⁇ M protein, 1 ⁇ phosphate buffered saline (Gibco), 40 mM sodium citrate, 2% plycerol, 10 mM magnesium chloride, temperature range: 30-84° C., measured in 2.0 degree increments; human alpha estrogen receptor: 0.9 ⁇ M protein, 50 mM Tris pH 8, 0.25 mM KCL, 5% glycerol, 1 mM EDTA, 2 mM dithiothreitol, 1 mM sodium vanadate, 10 mM magnesium chloride, temperature range: 30-75 ° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments; for Halobacterium halobium bacter
Abstract
The present invention provides a method for ranking the affinity of each of a multiplicity of different molecules for a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change. The method comprises (a) contacting the target molecule with one molecule of a multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to the thermal unfolding information for the target molecule in the absence of any of the molecules in the multiplicity of different molecules; and (f) ranking the affinities of each of the molecules according to the difference in the thermal unfolding information between the target molecule in each of the containers and the target molecule in the absence of any of the molecules in the multiplicity of different molecules.
Description
- This application claims priority benefit of U.S. provisional Appl. No. 60/108,085, filed Nov. 12, 1998, the entirety of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- [0002] Part of the work performed during development of this invention utilized U.S. Government funds. The U.S. Government has certain rights in this invention.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates generally to the screening of compound and combinatorial libraries. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for performing assays, particularly thermal shift assays.
- 2. Related Art
- In recent years, pharmaceutical researchers have turned to combinatorial libraries as sources of new lead compounds for drug discovery. A combinatorial library is a collection of chemical compounds which have been generated, by either chemical synthesis or biological synthesis, by combining a number of chemical “building blocks” as reagents. For example, a combinatorial polypeptide library is formed by combining a set of amino acids in every possible way for a given compound length (i.e., the number of amino acids in a polypeptide compound). Millions of chemical compounds can theoretically be synthesized through such combinatorial mixing of chemical building blocks. Indeed, one investigator has observed that the systematic, combinatorial mixing of 100 interchangeable chemical building blocks results in the theoretical synthesis of 100 million tetrameric compounds or 10 billion pentameric compounds (Gordon, E. M. et al.,J. Med. Chem. 37:1233-1251 (1994)).
- The rate of combinatorial library synthesis is accelerated by automating compound synthesis and evaluation. For example, DirectedDiversity® is a computer based, iterative process for generating chemical entities with defined physical, chemical and/or bioactive properties. The DirectedDiversity® system is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,463,564, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Once a library has been constructed, it must be screened to identify compounds which possess some kind of biological or pharmacological activity. To screen a library of compounds, each compound in the library is equilibrated with a target molecule of interest, such as an enzyme. A variety of approaches have been used to screen combinatorial libraries for lead compounds. For example, in an encoded library, each compound in a chemical combinatorial library can be made so that an oligonucleotide “tag” is linked to it. A careful record is kept of the nucleic acid tag sequence for each compound. A compound which exerts an effect on the target enzyme is selected by amplifying its nucleic acid tag using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). From the sequence of the tag, one can identify the compound (Brenner, S. et al,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5381-5383 (1992)). This approach, however, is very time consuming because it requires multiple rounds of oligonucleotide tag amplification and subsequent electrophoresis of the amplification products.
- A filamentous phage display peptide library can be screened for binding to a biotinylated antibody, receptor or other binding protein. The bound phage is used to infect bacterial cells and the displayed determinant (i.e., the peptide ligand) is then identified (Scott, J. K. et al.,Science 249:386-390(1990)). This approach suffers from several drawbacks. It is time consuming. Peptides which are toxic to the phage or to the bacterium cannot be studied. Moreover, the researcher is limited to investigating peptide compounds.
- In International Patent Application WO 94/05394 (1994), Hudson, D. et al., disclose a method and apparatus for synthesizing and screening a combinatorial library of biopolymers on a solid-phase plate, in an array of 4×4 to 400×400. The library can be screened using a fluorescently labeled, radiolabeled, or enzyme-linked target molecule or receptor. The drawback to this approach is that the target molecule must be labeled before it can be used to screen the library.
- A challenge presented by currently available combinatorial library screening technologies is that they provide no information about the relative binding affinities of different ligands for a receptor protein. This is true whether the process for generating a combinatorial library involves phage library display of peptides (Scott, J. K. et al,Science 249:386-390 (1990)), random synthetic peptide arrays (Lam, K. S. et al., Nature 354:82-84 (1991)), encoded chemical libraries (Brenner, S. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5381-5383 (1992)), the method of Hudson (Intl. Appl. WO 94/05394), or most recently, combinatorial organic synthesis (Gordon, E. et al., J. Med. Chem. 37:1385-1399 (1994)).
- To acquire quantitative binding data from the high throughput screening of ligand affinities for a target enzyme, researchers have relied on assays of enzyme activity. Enzymes lend themselves to high throughput screening because the effect of ligand binding can be monitored using kinetic assays. The experimental endpoint is usually a spectrophotometric change. Using a kinetic assay, most researchers use a two-step approach to lead compound discovery. First, a large library of compounds is screened against the target enzyme to determine if any of the library compounds are active. These assays are usually performed in a single concentration (between 10−4-10−6 M) with one to three replicates. Second, promising compounds obtained from the first screen (i.e., compounds which display activity greater than a predetermined value) are usually re-tested to determine a 50% inhibitory concentration (IC50), an inhibitor association constant (Ki), or a dissociation constant (Kd). This two-step approach, however, is very labor intensive, time-consuming and prone to error. Each retested sample must either be retrieved from the original assay plate or weighed out and solubilized again. A concentration curve must then be created for each sample and a separate set of assay plates must be created for each assay.
- There are other problems associated with the biochemical approach to high throughput screening of combinatorial libraries. Typically, a given assay is not applicable to more than one receptor. That is, when a new receptor becomes available for testing, a new assay must be developed. For many receptors, reliable assays are simply not available. Even if an assay does exist, it may not lend itself to automation. Further, if a Ki is the endpoint to be measured in a kinetic assay, one must first guess at the concentration of inhibitor to use, perform the assay, and then perform additional assays using at least six different concentrations of inhibitor. If one guesses too low, an inhibitor will not exert its inhibitory effect at the suboptimal concentration tested.
- In addition to the drawbacks to the kinetic screening approach described above, it is difficult to use the kinetic approach to identify and rank ligands that bind outside of the active site of the enzyme. Since ligands that bind outside of the active site do not prevent binding of spectrophotometric substrates, there is no spectrophotometric change to be monitored. An even more serious drawback to the kinetic screening approach is that non-enzyme receptors cannot be assayed at all.
- Thermal protein unfolding, or thermal “shift,” assays have been used to determine whether a given ligand binds to a target receptor protein. In a physical thermal shift assay, a change in a biophysical parameter of a protein is monitored as a function of increasing temperature. For example, in calorimetric studies, the physical parameter measured is the change in heat capacity as a protein undergoes temperature induced unfolding transitions. Differential scanning calorimetry has been used to measure the affinity of a panel of azobenzene ligands for streptavidin (Weber, P. et al.,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 16:2717-2724 (1994)). Titration calorimetry has been used to determine the binding constant of a ligand for a target protein (Brandts, J. et al., American Laboratory 22:30-41 (1990)). The calorimetric approach, however, requires that the researcher have access to a calorimetric device. In addition, calorimetric technologies do not lend themselves to the high throughput screening of combinatorial libraries, three thermal scans per day are routine. Like calorimetric technologies, spectral technologies have been used to monitor temperature induced protein unfolding (Bouvier, M. et al., Science 265:398-402 (1994); Chavan, A. J. et al., Biochemistry 33:7193-7202 (1994); Morton, A. et al., Biochemistry 1995:8564-8575 (1995)).
- The single sample heating and assay configuration, as conventionally performed, has impeded the application of thermal shift technologies to high throughput screening of combinatorial libraries. Thus, there is a need for a thermal shift technology which can be used to screen combinatorial libraries, can be used to identify and rank lead compounds, and is applicable to all receptor proteins.
- Thermal shift assays have been used to determine whether a ligand binds to DNA. Calorimetric, absorbance, circular dichroism, and fluorescence technologies have been used (Pilch, D. S. et al.,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91:9332-9336 (1994); Lee, M. et al., J. Med. Chem. 36:863-870 (1993); Butour, J.-L. et al., Eur. J. Biochem. 202:975-980 (1991); Barcelo, F. et al., Chem. Biol. Interactions 74:315-324 (1990)). As used conventionally, however, these technologies have impeded the high throughput screening of nucleic acid receptors for lead compounds which bind with high affinity. Thus, there is a need for a thermal shift technology which can be used to identify and rank the affinities of lead compounds which bind to DNA sequences of interest.
- When bacterial cells are used to overexpress exogenous proteins, the recombinant protein is often sequestered in bacterial cell inclusion bodies. For the recombinant protein to be useful, it must be purified from the inclusion bodies. During the purification process, the recombinant protein is denatured and must then be renatured. It is impossible to predict the renaturation conditions that will facilitate and optimize proper refolding of a given recombinant protein. Usually, a number of renaturing conditions must be tried before a satisfactory set of conditions is discovered. In a study by Tachibana et al., each of four disulfide bonds were singly removed, by site-directed mutagenesis, from hen lysozyme (Tachibana et al.,Biochemistry 33:15008-15016(1994)). The mutant genes were expressed in bacterial cells and the recombinant proteins were isolated from inclusion bodies. Each of the isolated proteins were renatured under different temperatures and glycerol concentrations. The efficacy of protein refolding was assessed in a bacteriolytic assay in which bacteriolytic activity was measured as a function of renaturing temperature. The thermal stability of each protein was studied using a physical thermal shift assay. In this study, however, only one sample reaction was heated and assayed at a time. The single sample heating and assay configuration prevents the application of thermal shift technologies to high throughput screening of a multiplicity of protein refolding conditions. Thus, there is a need for a thermal shift technology which can be used to rank the efficacies of various protein refolding conditions.
- Over the past four decades, X-ray crystallography and the resulting atomic models of proteins and nucleic acids have contributed greatly to an understanding of structural, molecular, and chemical aspects of biological phenomena. However, crystallographic analysis remains difficult because there are not straightforward methodologies for obtaining X-ray quality protein crystals. Conventional methods cannot be used quickly to identify crystallization conditions that have highest probability of promoting crystallization (Garavito, R. M. et al.,J. Bioenergtics and Biomembranes 28:13-27 (1996)). Even the use of factorial design experiments and successive automated grid searches (Cox, M. J., & Weber, P. C., J. Appl. Cryst. 20:366-373 (1987); Cox, M. J., & Weber, P. C., J. Crystal Growth 90:318-324 (1988)) do not facilitate rapid, high throughput screening of biochemical conditions that promote the crystallization of X-ray quality protein crystals. Moreover, different proteins are expected to require different conditions for protein crystallization, just as has been the experience for their folding (McPherson, A., In: Preparation and Analysis of Protein Crystals, Wiley Interscience, New York, (1982)). Conventional methods of determining crystallization conditions are cumbersome, slow, and labor intensive. Thus, there is a need for a rapid, high throughput technology which can be used to rank the efficacies of protein crystallization conditions.
- Rapid, high throughput screening of combinatorial molecules or biochemical conditions that stabilize target proteins in thermal shift assays would be facilitated by the simultaneous heating of many samples. To date, however, thermal shift assays have not been performed that way. Instead, the conventional approach to performing thermal shift assays has been to heat and assay only one sample at a time. That is, researchers conventionally 1) heat a sample to a desired temperature in a heating apparatus; 2) assay a physical change, such as absorption of light or change in secondary, tertiary, or quaternary protein structure; 3) heat the samples to the next highest desired temperature; 4) assay for a physical change; and 5) continue this process repeatedly until the sample has been assayed at the highest desired temperature.
- This conventional approach is disadvantageous for at least two reasons. First, this approach is labor intensive. Second, this approach limits the speed with which thermal shift screening assays can be performed and thereby precludes rapid, high-throughput screening of combinatorial molecules binding to a target receptor and biochemical conditions that stabilize target proteins.
- Fluorescent molecules whose spectra or quantum yields are sensitive to their environments are valuable in the study of heterogeneous media, organized media and biological media and many fluorescent dyes have been developed for these applications. However, many dyes either have short absorption and emission wavelengths (potentially causing high background due to the auto fluorescence of samples), low extinction coefficients, low quantum yields, or small Stokes shifts.
- Rapid, high-throughput screening using fluorescence methodologies would also be facilitated by the use of fluorescence probe molecules that fluoresce at wavelengths longer than fluorescence molecules such as 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonate. That is because many molecules in compound and combinatorial libraries fluoresce at the same wavelengths at which fluorescence probe molecules fluoresce. In addition, plastic microplates used in high-throughput screening assays may also fluoresce at the same wavelengths at which fluorescence probe molecules fluoresce.
- Thus, there is a need for a rapid, high-throughput, fluorescence screening procedure in which fluorescence readings are taken at wavelengths longer than fluorescence molecules such as 1-anilinonaph-thalene-8-sulfonate.
- The present invention provides a method for ranking the affinity of each of a multiplicity of different molecules for a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising (a) contacting the target molecule with one molecule of a multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the molecules in the multiplicity of different molecules; and (f) ranking the affinities of each of the molecules according to the difference in the thermal unfolding information between the target molecule in each of the containers and the target molecule in the absence of any of the molecules in the multiplicity of different molecules.
- The present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the affinity of a combination of two or more of a multiplicity of different molecules for a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the target molecule with a combination of two or more different molecules of the multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring in the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature in each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the two or more different molecules; and (f) ranking the affinities of the combinations of the two or more of the multiplicity of different molecules according to the difference in the thermal unfolding information between the target molecule in each of the containers and the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the molecules in the multiplicity of different molecules.
- The present invention also provides a method for assaying a collection of a multiplicity of different molecules for a molecule which binds to a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the target molecule with a collection of at least two molecules of the multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the multiplicity of different molecules; and (f) ranking the affinities of the collections of different molecules according to the difference in the thermal unfolding information between the target molecule in each of the containers and the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the molecules in the multiplicity of different molecules; (g) selecting the collection of different molecules which contains a molecule with affinity for the target molecule; (h) dividing the selected collection into smaller collections of molecules in each of a multiplicity of containers; and (i) repeating the above steps until a single molecule, from the multiplicity of different molecules, is identified.
- The present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the efficacy of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions for stabilizing a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the target molecule with one or more of the multiplicity of biochemical conditions, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and (f) ranking the efficacies of each of the biochemical conditions for each of the containers according to the difference in the thermal unfolding information between the target molecule for each of the containers and the target molecule under the reference set of biochemical conditions.
- The present invention also provides a multi-variable method for optimizing the shelf life of a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the target molecule with one or more of a multiplicity of different molecules or different biochemical conditions, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and (f) ranking the efficacies of each of the biochemical conditions for each of the containers according to the difference in the thermal unfolding information between the target molecule for each of the containers and the target molecule under the reference set of biochemical conditions.
- The present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the efficacies of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions to facilitate the refolding or renaturation of a sample of a denatured or unfolded protein, the method comprising: (a) placing one of the refolded protein samples, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers, wherein each of the refolded protein samples has been previously refolded or renatured according to one or more of the multiplicity of conditions; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and (f) ranking the efficacies of each of the biochemical conditions for each of the containers according to the difference in the thermal unfolding information between the target molecule for each of the containers and the target molecule under the reference set of biochemical conditions.
- The present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the efficacies of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions to facilitate the refolding or renaturation of a sample of a denatured unfolded protein, the method comprising: (a) determining one or more combinations of a multiplicity of different conditions which promote protein stabililty, incubating denatured protein under the one or more combinations of biochemical conditions that were identified as promoting protein stabilization; (b) assessing folded protein yield; (c) ranking the efficacies of the multiplicity of different refolding conditions according to folded protein yield; and (d) repeating these steps until a combination of biochemical conditions that promote optimal protein folding are identified.
- The present invention also provides a multi-variable method for ranking the efficacy of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions for facilitating the crystallization of a protein which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, the method comprising: (a) contacting the protein with one or more of the multiplicity of different biochemical conditions, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers; (b) simultaneously heating the multiplicity of containers; (c) measuring the fluorescence in each of the containers; (d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of the containers; (e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and (f) ranking the efficacies of each of the biochemical conditions for each of the containers according to the difference in the thermal unfolding information between the target molecule for each of the containers and the target molecule under the reference set of biochemical conditions.
- Optimization of protein stability, ligand binding, protein folding, and protein crystallization are multi-variable events. Multi-variable optimization problems require large numbers of parallel experiments to collect as much data as possible in order to determine which variables influence a favorable response. For example, multi-variable optimization problems require large numbers of parallel experiments to collect as much data as possible in order to determine which variables influence protein stabililty. In this regard, both protein crystallization and quantitative structure activity relationship analyses have greatly benefited from mass screening protocols that employ matrix arrays of incremental changes in biochemical or chemical composition. Thus, in much the same way that quantitative structure activity relationships are constructed to relate variations of chemical functional groups on ligands to their effect on binding affinity to a given therapeutic receptor, the methods and apparatus of the present invention facilitate the construction of a quantitative model that relates different biochemical conditions to experimentally measured protein stability, ligand specificity, folded protein yield, and crystallized protein yield.
- Using the fluorescence microplate thermal shift assay, one can determine one or more biochemical conditions that have an additive effect on protein stability. Once a set of biochemical conditions that facilitate an increase in protein stability have been identified using the thermal shift assay, the same set of conditions can be used in protein folding experiments with recombinant protein. If the conditions that promote protein stability in the thermal shift assay correlate with conditions that promote folding of recombinant protein, conditions can be further optimized by performing additional thermal shift assays until a combination of stabilizing conditions that result in further increase protein stability are identified. Recombinant protein is then folded under those conditions. This process is repeated until optimal folding conditions are identified.
- The present invention offers a number of advantages over previous technologies that are employed to optimize multi-variable events such as protein stabilization, ligand binding, protein folding, and protein crystallization. Foremost among these advantages is that the present invention facilitates high throughput screening. The use of 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes to practice the microplate thermal shift assay of the present invention affords increased assay sensitivity and increased assay throughput, because these dyes have long emission wavelengths, high extinction coefficients, high quantum yields, and large Stokes shifts.
- Further, the methods of the present invention offers a number of advantages over previous technologies that are employed to screen combinatorial libraries. Foremost among these advantages is that the present invention facilitates high throughput screening of combinatorial libraries for lead compounds. Many current library screening technologies simply indicate whether a ligand binds to a receptor or not. In that case, no quantitative information is provided. No information about the relative binding affinities of a series of ligands is provided. In contrast, the present invention facilitates the ranking of a series of compounds for their relative affinities for a target receptor. With this information in hand, a structure-activity relationship can be developed for a set of compounds. The ease, reproducibility, and speed of using ligand-dependent changes in midpoint unfolding temperature (Tm) to rank relative binding affinities makes the present invention a powerful tool in the drug discovery process.
- Typically, the conventional kinetic screening approach requires at least six additional well assays at six different concentrations of inhibitor to determine a Ki. Using the present invention, throughput is enhanced ˜6 fold over the enzyme based assays because one complete binding experiment can be performed in each well of a multiwell microplate. The kinetic screening approached are even further limited by the usual compromise between dilution and signal detection, which usually occurs at a protein concentration of about 1 nM. In this regard, the calorimetric approaches, either differential scanning calorimetry or isothermal titrating calorimetry, are at an even worse disadvantage since they are limited to solitary binding experiments, usually 1 per hour. In contrast, the present invention affords a wide dynamic range of measurable binding affinities, from ˜10−4 to 10−15 M, in a single well.
- A very important advantage of the present invention is that it can be applied universally to any receptor that is a drug target. Thus, it is not necessary to invent a new assay every time a new receptor becomes available for testing. When the receptor under study is an enzyme, researchers can determine the rank order of affinity of a series of compounds more quickly and more easily than they can using conventional kinetic methods. In addition, researchers can detect ligand binding to an enzyme, regardless of whether binding occurs at the active site, at an allosteric cofactor binding site, or at a receptor subunit interface. The present invention is equally applicable to non-enzyme receptors, such as proteins and nucleic acids.
- Further features and advantages of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
- The present invention is described with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the drawings, like reference numbers indicate identical or functionally similar elements. Additionally, the left-most digit(s) of a reference number identifies the drawing in which the reference number first appears.
- FIG. 1 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay for ligands which bind to the active site of human α-thrombin (with turbidity as the experimental signal).
- FIG. 2 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay for ligands which bind to acidic fibroblast growth factor (aFGF) (with turbidity as the experimental signal).
- FIG. 3 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay for ligand binding to the active site of human α-thrombin (with fluorescence emission as the experimental signal). The lines drawn through the data points represent non-linear least squares curve fits of the data using the equation shown at the bottom of the figure. There are five fitting parameters for this equation of y(T) vs. T: (1) yf, the pre-transitional fluorescence for the native protein; (2) yu, the post-transitional fluorescence for the unfolded protein; (3) Tm, the temperature at the midpoint for the unfolding transition; (4) ΔHu, the van't Hoff unfolding enthalpy change; and (5) ΔCpu, the change in heat capacity upon protein unfolding. The non-linear least squares curve fitting was accomplished using KALEIDAGRAPH™ 3.0 software (Synergy Software, Reading Pa.), which allows the five fitting parameters to float while utilizing Marquardt methods for the minimization of the sum of the squared residuals.
- FIG. 4 shows the result of a microplate thermal shift assay of ligands which bind to the D(II) domain of human FGF receptor 1 (D(II) FGFR1) (with fluorescence emission as the experimental signal). The lines drawn through the data points represent non-linear least squares curve fits of the data using the equation shown at the bottom of the figure, as described for FIG. 3.
- FIG. 5 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay for Factor D in the absence of any ligands.
- FIG. 6 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay for Factor Xa in the absence of any ligands.
- FIG. 7 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay of a ligand that binds to the catalytic site of human α-thrombin.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B show the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay of aprosulate binding to the D(II) domain of
human FGF receptor 1. - FIG. 9 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay for urokinase in the presence of glu-gly-arg chloromethylketone.
- FIG. 10 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay of human α-thrombin in which the assay volume is 2 μl. Thermal denaturation curves for three experiments are shown.
- FIG. 11 shows the results of a miniaturized microplate thermal shift assay of human α-thrombin in which the assay volume is 5 μl. Thermal denaturation curves for five experiments are shown.
- FIG. 12 shows the results of a single temperature microplate thermal shift assay of human α-thrombin in the presence of four different compounds in four separate experiments.
- FIG. 13 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay of the intrinsic tryptophan fluorescence of human α-thrombin. In this assay, blank well fluorescence was not subtracted from sample fluorescence.
- FIG. 14 shows the results of a microplate thermal shift assay of the intrinsic tryptophan fluorescence of human α-thrombin. In this assay, blank well fluorescence was subtracted from sample fluorescence.
- FIG. 15 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of single ligand binding interactions to three different classes of binding sites for human α-thrombin.
- FIG. 16 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of multi-ligand binding interactions for human α-thrombin.
- FIGS.17A-D show the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of pH and various sodium chloride concentrations on the stability of human α-thrombin. In FIG. 17A, the fluorophore is 1,8-ANS. In FIG. 17B, the fluorophore is 2,6-ANS. In FIG. 17C, the fluorophore is 2,6-TNS. In FIG. 17D, the fluorophore is bis-ANS.
- FIG. 18 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of calcium chloride, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, dithiothreitol, and glycerol on the stability of human α-thrombin.
- FIG. 19 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of pH and sodium chloride concentration of the stability of human D(II)
FGF receptor 1. - FIG. 20 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II)
FGF receptor 1. - FIG. 21 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II)
FGF receptor 1. - FIG. 22 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II)
FGF receptor 1. - FIG. 23 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II)
FGF receptor 1. - FIG. 24 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human D(II)
FGF receptor 1. - FIG. 25 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of the effect of various biochemical conditions on the stability of human urokinase.
- FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a thermodynamic model for the linkage of the free energies of protein folding and ligand binding.
- FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a method of screening biochemical conditions that optimize protein folding.
- FIG. 28 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of human α-thrombin stability using various fluorophores.
- FIG. 29 shows a schematic diagram of an assay apparatus that can be used to practice the methods of present invention.
- FIG. 30 shows a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the assay apparatus that can be used to practice the methods of present invention.
- FIG. 31 shows a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the assay apparatus that can be used to practice the methods of present invention.
- FIGS.32A-E illustrate one embodiment of a thermal electric stage for the assay apparatus of the present invention. FIG. 32A shows a side view of the thermal electric stage. FIG. 32B shows a top view of the thermal electric stage. FIGS. 32C-E show three configurations of inserts that can be attached to the thermal electric stage. In one embodiment, inserts accommodate a microtitre plate. In such an embodiment, assay samples are contained within the containers of the microtitre plate.
- FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram illustrating a top view of another embodiment of the assay apparatus of the present invention.
- FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram illustrating the top view of the embodiment of the assay apparatus shown in FIG. 33 with a housing installed.
- FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram illustrating a side view of the embodiment of the assay apparatus shown in FIGS. 33 and 34.
- FIGS. 36A and 36B illustrate a temperature profile and how the temperature profile is implemented using the automated assay apparatus of the present invention.
- FIG. 37 shows an exemplary computer system suitable for use with an assay apparatus.
- FIG. 38 shows a flow diagram illustrating one embodiment for implementation of the present invention.
- FIG. 39 shows a flow diagram illustrating an alternate embodiment for implementation of the present invention.
- FIG. 40 shows a comparison of the results of microplate thermal shift assays of human α-thrombin denaturation performed using a fluorescence scanner and a CCD camera.
- FIGS. 41A and 41B show photographs of microplate thermal shift assay of human α-thrombin denaturation performed using a CCD camera. FIG. 41A: V-bottom well microplate. FIG. 41B: dimple microplate.
- FIG. 42 shows a comparison of the results of microplate thermal shift assays of human α-thrombin denaturation performed using a fluorescence scanner and a CCD camera.
- FIGS. 43A and 43B show a comparison of fluorescence background collected using a 435/550 nm bandpass (FIG. 43A), and a 475/550 nm bandpass. (FIG. 43B)
- FIG. 44 shows the comparison of fluorescence signals for 1,8-ANS and 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate. The protein is chicken muscle pyruvate kinase.
- FIGS. 45A and 45B show the results of a bandpass study using 1,8-ANS (FIG. 45A) and 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate (FIG. 45B).
- In the following description, reference will be made to various terms and methodologies known to those of skill in the biochemical and pharmacological arts. Publications and other materials setting forth such known terms and methodologies are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties as though set forth in full.
- The present invention provides a method for ranking a multiplicity of different molecules in the order of their ability to bind to a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change. In one embodiment of this method, the target molecule is contacted with one molecule of a multiplicity of different molecules in each of a multiplicity of containers. The containers are then simultaneously heated, in intervals, over a range of temperatures. After each heating interval, thermal unfolding information (e.g., the thermal unfolding temperature midpoint (Tm)) is measured. In an alternate embodiment of this method, the containers are heated in a continuous fashion, and thermal unfolding information (e.g., the thermal unfolding Tm) is obtained for each container. Preferably, the temperature midpoint Tm is identified and is then compared to the Tm for the target molecule in the absence of any of the molecules in the containers. Alternatively, an entire thermal unfolding curve can be compared to other entire thermal unfolding curves using computer analytical tools.
- The steps in any of the methods of the present invention can be repeated, until a molecule that binds to a target molecule is identified, or until a set of biochemical conditions that stabilize a target molecule is determined, or until a set of biochemical conditions that facilitate refolding or renaturation of a protein is determined, or until a set of biochemical conditions that optimize the shelf life of a protein is determined, or until a set of biochemical conditions that facilitate protein crystallization is determined.
- The term “combinatorial library” refers to a plurality of molecules or compounds which are formed by combining, in every possible way for a given compound length, a set of chemical or biochemical building blocks which may or may not be related in structure. Alternatively, the term can refer to a plurality of chemical or biochemical compounds which are formed by selectively combining a particular set of chemical building blocks. Combinatorial libraries can be constructed according to methods familiar to those skilled in the art. For example, see Rapoport et al., Immunology Today 16:43-49 (1995); Sepetov, N. F. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92:5426-5430 (1995); Gallop, M. A. et al., J. Med. Chem. 9:1233-1251 (1994); Gordon, E. M. et al., J. Med. Chem. 37:1385-1401 (1994); Stankova, M. et al., Peptide Res. 7:292-298 (1994); Erb, E. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91:11422-11426 (1994); DeWitt, S. H. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:6909-6913 (1993); Barbas, C. F. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:4457-4461 (1992); Brenner, S. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:5381-5383 (1992); Lam, K. S. et al., Nature 354:82-84 (1991); Devlin, J. J. et al., Science 245:404-406 (1990); Cwirla, S. E. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 87:6378-6382(1990); Scott, J. K. et al., Science249:386-390(1990). Preferably, the term “combinatorial library” refers to a directed diversity chemical library, as set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 5,463,564. Regardless of the manner in which a combinatorial library is constructed, each molecule or compound in the library is catalogued for future reference.
- The term “compound library” refers to a plurality of molecules or compounds which were not formed using the combinatorial approach of combining chemical or biochemical building blocks. Instead, a compound library is a plurality of molecules or compounds which are accumulated and are stored for use in future ligand-receptor binding assays. Each molecule or compound in the compound library is catalogued for future reference.
- The terms “multiplicity of molecules,” “multiplicity of compounds,” or “multiplicity of containers” refer to at least two molecules, compounds, or containers.
- The term “multi-variable” refers to more than one experimental variable.
- The term “screening” refers to the testing of a multiplicity of molecules or compounds for their ability to bind to a target molecule which is capable of unfolding. Screening is a repetitive, or iterative, process, in which molecules are tested for binding to a target molecule (e.g, a protein receptor) in a thermal shift assay. For example, if none of a subset of molecules from the multiplicity of molecules (e.g., a combinatorial library) bind to the target molecule, then a different subset is tested for binding in a thermal shift assay.
- The term “ranking” refers to the ordering of the affinities of a multiplicity of molecules or compounds for a target molecule, according to the ability of the molecule or compound to shift the thermal unfolding information (e.g., thermal unfolding Tm) obtained for the target molecule, relative to the thermal unfolding information of the target molecule in the absence of any molecule or compound.
- The term “high-throughput” encompasses screening activity in which human intervention is minimized, and automation is maximized. For example, high-throughput screening involves automated pipetting, mixing, and heating, software-controlled generation of thermal unfolding information, and software-controlled comparisons of thermal unfolding information. Alternatively, a high-throughput method is one in which hundreds of compounds can be screened per 24 hour period by a single individual operating a single suitable apparatus.
- “Performed automatically” means that at least some aspects of the screening process are performed by a machine, and optionally are computer-controlled.
- The term “ranking” also refers to the ordering of the efficacies of a multiplicity of biochemical conditions in optimizing protein stabilization, protein folding, protein crystallization, or protein shelf life. In the context of optimization of protein stabilization, optimization of protein folding, optimization of protein crystallization, and optimization of protein shelf life, the term “ranking” refers to the ordering of the efficacies of one or more combinations of biochemical conditions to shift the thermal unfolding information (e.g., thermal unfolding Tm) obtained for the target molecule, relative to the thermal unfolding information of the target molecule under a reference set of conditions.
- As discussed above, ranking molecules, compounds, or biochemical conditions according to a change in the Tm is preferable. Alternatively, molecules, compounds, or biochemical conditions can be ranked for their ability to stabilize a target molecule according to the change in entire thermal unfolding curve.
- As used herein, the terms “protein” and “polypeptide” are synonymous. For proteins or peptides, the term “unfolding” encompasses any change in structure due to heating. For example, the term “unfolding” refers to the transition of from the liquid crystalline state to the molten globule state. In the molten globule state, tertiary and quaternary structure has been altered, relative to the native state of the protein, and at least some secondary structure remains intact. The term “unfolding” also encompasses loss of crystalline ordering of amino acid side-chains, secondary, tertiary or quaternary structure. The term “unfolding” also encompasses formation of a random coil.
- The terms “folding,” “refolding,” and “renaturing” refer to the acquisition of the correct amino acid side-chain ordering, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary structure, of a protein or a nucleic acid, which affords the full chemical and biological function of the biomolecule.
- The term “denatured protein” refers to a protein which has been treated to remove native amino acid side-chain ordering, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary structure. The term “native protein” refers to a protein which possesses the degree of amino acid side-chain ordering, secondary, tertiary or quaternary structure that provides the protein with full chemical and biological function. A native protein is one which has not been heated and has not been treated with a chemical unfolding agent, such as urea.
- For nucleic acids, the term “unfolding” refers to the loss of secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure through unfolding, uncoiling, untwisting or loss of helical structure. The loss of double- or triple-helical structure through the interruption of base-paring is an example of unfolding of a nucleic acid.
- The terms “unfolded nucleic acid” and “denatured nucleic acid” refer to a nucleic acid which has been treated to remove folded, coiled, helical, or twisted structure. Unfolding of a triple-stranded nucleic acid complex is complete when the third strand has been removed from the two complementary strands. Unfolding of a double-stranded DNA is complete when the base pairing between the two complementary strands has been interrupted and has resulted in single-stranded DNA molecules that have assumed a random form. Unfolding of single-stranded RNA is complete when intramolecular hydrogen bonds have been interrupted and the RNA has assumed a random, non-hydrogen bonded form.
- An “unfolding curve” is a plot of the physical change associated with the unfolding of a protein as a function temperature, denaturant concentration, pressure, etc. An unfolding curve can be generated digitally or by plotting on paper or a computer screen. A “thermal unfolding curve” is a plot of the physical change associated with the unfolding of a protein or a nucleic acid as a function of temperature. See, for example, Davidson et al.,Nature Structure Biology 2:859 (1995); and Clegg, R. M. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:2994-2998 (1993). A thermal unfolding curve can be generated digitally or by plotting on paper or a computer screen, Preferably, a thermal unfolding curve is generated digitally
- The “midpoint temperature, Tm” is the temperature midpoint of a thermal unfolding curve. At the temperature midpoint Tm, one half of the target molecules in a sample are unfolded, and one half of the target molecules in the sample remain folded. The Tm can be readily determined using methods well known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, Weber, P. C. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 116:2717-2724(1994); Clegg, R. M. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:2994-2998 (1993). Preferably, the Tm is extracted digitally from a digital thermal unfolding curve
- “Thermal unfolding information” is information relating to target molecule unfolding in response to heating. For example, a thermal unfolding curve is one kind of thermal unfolding information. A thermal unfolding curve can be plotted on a computer screen, or on paper. Preferably, a thermal unfolding curve is generated digitally, using computer software, and may then be visualized on a computer screen. More preferably, thermal unfolding information is thermal unfolding Tm. A digitally generated thermal unfolding curve need not be printed or displayed in order for the thermal unfolding Tm to be extracted from the digitally generated curve. Most preferably, the thermal unfolding Tm is digitally extracted from a digitally generated thermal unfolding curve.
- When thermal unfolding information is generated digitally, five fitting parameters are evaluated: (1) yf, the pre-transitional fluorescence for the native protein; (2) yu, the post-transitional fluorescence for the unfolded protein; (3) Tm, the temperature at the midpoint for the unfolding transition; (4) ΔHu, the van't Hoff unfolding enthalpy change; and (5) ΔCpu, the change in heat capacity upon protein unfolding. The non-linear least squares curve fitting can be performed using a suitable software, such as KALEIDAGRAP™ 3.0 software (Synergy Software, Reading Pa.), which allows the five fitting parameters to float while utilizing Marquardt methods for the minimization of the sum of the squared residuals. The temperature midpoint Tm is extracted from the digitally generated thermal unfolding information.
- The term “lead molecule” refers to a molecule or compound, from a combinatorial library, which displays relatively high affinity for a target molecule. The terms “lead compound” and “lead molecule” are synonymous. The term “relatively high affinity” relates to affinities in the Kd range of from 10−4 to 10−15 M.
- The term “target molecule” encompasses peptides, proteins, nucleic acids, and other receptors. The term encompasses both enzymes, and proteins which are not enzymes. The term encompasses monomeric and multimeric proteins. Multimeric proteins may be homomeric or heteromeric. The term encompasses nucleic acids comprising at least two nucleotides, such as oligonucleotides. Nucleic acids can be single-stranded, double-stranded or triple-stranded. The term encompasses a nucleic acid which is a synthetic oligonucleotide, a portion of a recombinant DNA molecule, or a portion of chromosomal DNA. The term target molecule also encompasses portions of peptides, proteins, and other receptors which are capable of acquiring secondary, tertiary, or quaternary structure through folding, coiling or twisting. The target molecule may be substituted with substituents including, but not limited to, cofactors, coenzymes, prosthetic groups, lipids, oligosaccharides, or phosphate groups.
- The terms “target molecule” and “receptor” are synonymous. The term “target molecule” refers more specifically to proteins involved in the blood coagulation cascade, fibroblast growth factors, fibroblast growth factor receptors, urokinase, and factor D.
- Examples of target molecules are included, but not limited to those disclosed in Faisst, S. et al., Nucleic Acids Research 20:3-26 (1992); Pimentel, E., Handbook of Growth Factors, Volumes I-III, CRC Press, (1994); Gilman, A. G. et al., The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Pergamon Press (1990); Lewin, B., Genes V, Oxford University Press (1994); Roitt, I., Essential Immunology, Blackwell Scientific Publ. (1994); Shimizu, Y., Lymphocyte Adhesion Molecules, R G Landes (1993); Hyams, J. S. et al., Microtubules, Wiley-Liss (1995); Montreuil, J. et al., Glycoproteins, Elsevier (1995); Woolley, P., Lipases: Their Structure Biochemistry and Applications, Cambridge University Press (1994); Kurjan, J., Signal Transduction: Prokaryotic and Simple Eukaryotic Systems, Academic Press (1993); Kreis, T., et al., Guide Book to the Extra Cellular Matrix and Adhesion Proteins, Oxford University Press (1993); Schlesinger, M. J., Lipid Modifications of Proteins, CRC Press (1992); Conn, P. M., Receptors: Model Systems and Specific Receptors, Oxford University Press (1993); Lauffenberger, D. A. et al., Receptors: Models For Binding Trafficking and Signaling, Oxford University Press (1993); Webb, E. C., Enzyme Nomenclature, Academic Press (1992); Parker, M. G., Nuclear Hormone Receptors; Molecular Mechanisms, Cellular Functions Clinical Abnormalities, Academic Press Ltd. (1991); Woodgett, J. R., Protein Kinases, Oxford University Press (1995); Balch, W. E. et al., Methods in Enzymology, 257, Pt. C: Small GTPases and Their Regulators: Proteins Involved in Transport, Academic Press (1995); The Chaperonins, Academic Press (1996); Pelech, L., Protein Kinase Circuitry in Cell Cycle Control, R G Landes (1996); Atkinson, Regulatory Proteins of the Complement System, Franklin Press (1992); Cooke, D. T. et al., Transport and Receptor Proteins of Plant Membranes: Molecular Structure and Function, Plenum Press (1992); Schumaker, V. N., Advances in Protein Chemistry: Lipoproteins, Apolipoproteins, and Lipases, Academic Press (1994); Brann, M., Molecular Biology of G-Protein-Coupled Receptors: Applications of Molecular Genetics to Pharmacology, Birkhauser (1992); Konig, W., Peptide and Protein Hormones: Structure, Regulations, Activity—A Reference Manual, VCH Publ. (1992); Tuboi, S. et al., Post-Translational Modification of Proteins, CRC Press (1992); Heilmeyer, L. M., Cellular Regulation by Protein Phosphorylation, Springer-Verlag (1991); Takada, Y., Integrin: The Biological Problem, CRC Press (1994); Ludlow, J. W., Tumor Suppressors: Involvement in Human Disease, Viral Protein Interactions, and Growth Regulation, R G Landes (1994); Schlesinger, M. J., Lipid Modification of Proteins, CRC Press (1992); Nitsch, R. M., Alzheimer's Disease: Amyloid Precursor Proteins, Signal Transduction, and Neuronal Transplantation, New York Academy of Sciences (1993); Cochrane, C. G. et al., Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of Inflammation, Vol. 3: Signal Transduction in Inflammatory Cells, Part A, Academic Press (1992); Gupta, S. et al., Mechanisms of Lymphocyte Activation and Immune Regulation IV: Cellular Communications, Plenum Press (1992); Authi, K. S. et al,, Mechanisms of Platelet Activation and Control, Plenum Press (1994); Grunicke, H., Signal Transduction Mechanisms in Cancer, R G Landes (1995); Latchman, D. S., Eukaryotic Transcription Factors, Academic Press (1995).
- The term “molecule” refers to the compound which is tested for binding affinity for the target molecule. This term encompasses chemical compounds of any structure, including, but not limited to nucleic acids and peptides. More specifically, the term “molecule” encompasses compounds in a compound or a combinatorial library.
- The term “fluorescence” encompasses the release of fluorescent energy. Less broadly, the term “fluorescence” refers to fluorescent emission, the rate of change of fluorescence over time (i.e., fluorescence lifetime), fluorescence polarization, fluorescence anisotropy, and fluorescence resonance energy transfer. See Eftink, M. R.,Biophysical J. 66: 482-501 (1994).
- The term “contacting a target molecule” refers broadly to placing the target molecule in solution with the molecule to be screened for binding or with the condition(s) to be tested for stabilizing the target molecule. Less broadly, contacting refers to the turning, swirling, shaking or vibrating of a solution of the target molecule and the molecule to be screened for binding. More specifically, contacting refers to the mixing of the target molecule with the molecule to be tested for binding. Mixing can be accomplished, for example, by repeated uptake and discharge through a pipette tip, either manually or using an automated pipetting device. Preferably, contacting refers to the equilibration of binding between the target molecule and the molecule to be tested for binding. Contacting can occur in the container (infra) or before the target molecule and the molecule to be screened are placed in the container.
- The target molecule may be contacted with a nucleic acid prior to being contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding. The target molecule may be complexed with a peptide prior to being contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding. The target molecule may be phosphorylated or dephosphorylated prior to being contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding.
- A carbohydrate moiety may be added to the target molecule before the target molecule is contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding. Alternatively, a carbohydrate moiety may be removed from the target molecule before the target molecule is contacted with the molecule to be screened for binding.
- The term “container” refers to any vessel or chamber in which the receptor and molecule to be tested for binding can be placed. The term “container” encompasses reaction tubes (e.g., test tubes, microtubes, vials, etc.). In the methods of the present invention, the the term “container” preferably refers to a well in a multiwell microplate or multiwell microtiter plate.
- The term “sample” refers to the contents of a container.
- The terms “spectral emission,” “thermal change” and “physical change” encompass the release of energy in the form of light or heat, the absorption of energy in the form or light or heat, changes in turbidity and changes in the polar properties of light. Specifically, the terms refer to fluorescent emission, fluorescent energy transfer, absorption of ultraviolet or visible light, changes in the polarization properties of light, changes in the polarization properties of fluorescent emission, changes in the rate of change of fluorescence over time (i.e., fluorescence lifetime), changes in fluorescence anisotropy, changes in fluorescence resonance energy transfer, changes in turbidity, and changes in enzyme activity. Preferably, the terms refer to fluorescence, and more preferably to fluorescence emission. Fluorescence emission can be intrinsic to a protein or can be due to a fluorescence reporter molecule. The use of fluorescence techniques to monitor protein unfolding is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, see Eftink, M. R.,Biophysical J. 66: 482-501 (1994).
- The fluorescence microplate thermal shift assay is disclosed in U.S. patent application Nos. 08/853,464 and 08/853,459, filed May 9, 1997, and in international patent Appl. No. PCT/US97/08154 (published Nov. 13, 1997 as publication no. WO 97/42500).
- A 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole “derivative” dye is a molecule that comprises the 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole structure. In the methods of the present invention, 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes can be selected from the group consisting of the following 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes: 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole butylsulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4 ″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-(2-aminoethyl)sulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-3-sulfonamidophyenylboronic acid, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonic acid, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonyl hydrazine, 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-(2-bromoacetamidoethyl)sulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-2-(3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionamidoethyl)sulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonyl chloride, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-3-sulfonamidopropionic acid, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole carboxylic acid, or a salt or ester thereof; and 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate, or a salt or ester thereof.
- Examples of acid salts are hydrochloric, nitric, sulfuric, phosphoric, formic, acetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, maleic, succinic, malonic, methane sulfonic and the like, salts formed from cations such as sodium, potassium, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, zinc, and from bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
- The ester can be methyl; ethyl; butyl; acetate; maleate; pivaloyloxymethyl; phenyl; substituted phenyl; alkyl; benzyl; pivaloyloxymethyl; methoxyrnethyl; (1-6C)alkanoyloxymethyl esters, for example pivaloyloxymethyl, phthalidyl esters; (3-8C)cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy esters; (1-6C)alkyl esters, for example 1-cyclohexylcarbonyloxyethyl; 1,3-dioxolen-2-onylmethyl esters, for example 5-methyl-1,3-dioxolen-2-onylmethyl; (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyloxyethyl esters; phosphate esters; alpha-acyloxyalkyl ethers and related compounds which as a result of the in-vivo hydrolysis of the ester breakdown to give the parent hydroxy group acetoxymethoxy and 2,2-dimethylpropionyloxymethoxy.
- 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole dyes can be purchased from Molecular Probes, Inc., Eugene, Oreg., and such dyes are provided in Diwu, Z. et al.,Photochemistry and Photobiology 66(4): 424-431 (1997), and in BioProbes 25: pp. 8-9, Molecular Probes, Inc., Eugene, Oreg. (1997). Such dyes include 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole butylsulfonamide (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-12801), 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-(2-aminoethyl)sulfonamide (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-10460), 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-3-sulfonamidophyenylboronic acid (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-10402), 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonic acid, sodium salt (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-12800), 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonyl hydrazine (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-10430), 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-(2-bromoacetamidoethyl)sulfonamide (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-10300), 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-2-(3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionamidoethyl)sulfonamide (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-10301), 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonyl chloride (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-10160), 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-3-sulfonamidopropionic acid, succinimidyl ester (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-10162), 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole carboxylic acid, succinimidyl ester (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-10161).
- In the methods of the present invention, the 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye is preferably 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate, sodium salt (MolecularProbes catalogue no. D-12800).
- 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye provide a higher fluorescence signal than does 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonate (1,8-ANS). 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes can be used to monitor fluorescence associated with protein unfolding in at a wavelength from about 475 nm to about 570 nm, more preferably from about 500 nm to about 550 nm, and still more preferably at about 500 nm or 525 nm.
- Methods for synthesizing other 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, see Diwu, Z. et al,Photochemistry and Photobiology 66(4): 424-431 (1997).
- The term “fluorescence probe molecule” refers to an extrinsic fluorophore, which is a fluorescent molecule or a compound which is capable of associating with an unfolded or denatured receptor and, after excitement by light of a defined wavelength, emits fluorescent energy. The term fluorescence probe molecule encompasses all fluorophores. More specifically, for proteins, the term encompasses fluorophores such as thioinosine, and N-ethenoadenosine, formycin, dansyl, dansyl derivatives, fluorescein derivatives, 6-propionyl-2-(dimethylamino)-napthalene (PRODAN), 2-anilinonapthalene, and N-arylamino-naphthalene sulfonate derivatives such as 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonate (1,8-ANS), 2-anilinonaphthalene-6-sulfonate (2,6-ANS), 2-amino-naphthalene-6-sulfonate, N,N-dimethyl-2-aminonaphthalene-6-sulfonate, N-phenyl-2-aminonaphthal-ene, N-cyclohexyl-2-aminonaphthalene-6-sulfonate, N-phenyl-2-amino-naphthalene-6-sulfonate, N-phenyl-N-methyl-2-aminonaphthalene-6-sulfonate, N-(o-toluyl)-2-amino-naphthalene-6-sulfonate, N-(m-toluyl)-2-amino-naphthalene-6-sulfonate, N-(p-toluyl)-2-aminonaphthalene-6-sulfonate, 2-(p-toluidinyl)-naphthalene-6-sulfonic acid (2,6-TNS), 4-(dicyanovinyl) julolidine (DCVJ), 6-dodecanoyl-2-dimethylaminonaphthalene (LAURDAN), 6-hexadecanoyl-2-(((2-(trimethylammonium)ethyl)methyl)-amino)naphthalene chloride (PATMAN), nile red, N-phenyl-1-naphthylamine, 1,1-dicyano-2-[6-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-2-yl]propene (DDNP), 4,4′-dianilino-1,1-binaphthyl-5,5-disulfonic acid (bis-ANS), and 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dyes, sold under the trademark DAPOXYL™ (Molecular Probes, Inc., Eugene, Oreg.), including the 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole dyes provided in Diwu, Z. et al.,Photochemistry and Photobiology 66(4): 424-431 (1997), and in BioProbes 25: pp. 8-9, Molecular Probes, Inc., Eugene, Oreg. (1997).
- If the target molecule or receptor to be studied is a nucleic acid, fluorescence spectrometry can be performed using fluorescence resonance emission transfer. The transfer of fluorescent energy, from a donor fluorophore on one strand of an oligonucleotide to an acceptor fluorophore on the other strand, is monitored by measuring the fluorescence of the acceptor fluorophore. Unfolding or denaturation prevent the transfer of fluorescent energy. The fluorescence resonance emission transfer methodology is well known to those skilled in the art. Fore example, see Ozaki, H. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 20:5205-5214 (1992); Clegg, R. M. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:2994-2998 (1993); Clegg, R. M. et al., Biochemistry 31:4846-4856 (1993).
- One strand of a double-stranded oligonucleotide will contain the donor fluorophore. The other strand of the oligonucleotide will contain the acceptor fluorophore. For a nucleic acid to “contain” a donor or an acceptor fluorophore, the fluorophore can be incorporated directly into the oligonucleotide sequence. Alternatively, the fluorophore can be attached to either the 5′- or 3′-terminus of the oligonucleotide.
- A donor fluorophore is one which, when excited by light, will emit fluorescent energy. The energy emitted by the donor fluorophore is absorbed by the acceptor fluorophore. The term “donor fluorophore” encompasses all fluorophores including, but not limited to, carboxyfluorescein, iodoacetamidofluorescein, and fluorescein isothiocyanate. The term “acceptor fluorophore” encompasses all fluorophores including, but not limited to, iodoacetamidoeosin and tetramethylrhodamine.
- The term “carrier” encompasses a platform or other object, of any shape, which itself is capable of supporting at least two containers. The carrier can be made of any material, including, but not limited to glass, plastic, or metal. Preferably, the carrier is a multiwell microplate. The terms microplate and microtiter plate are synonymous. The carrier can be removed from the heating element. In the present invention, a plurality of carriers are used. Each carrier holds a plurality of wells.
- The term “biochemical conditions” encompasses any component of a physical, chemical, or biochemical reaction. Specifically, the term refers to conditions of temperature, pressure, protein concentration, pH, ionic strength, salt concentration, time, electric current, potential difference, concentrations of cofactor, coenzyme, oxidizing agents, reducing agents, detergents, metal ion, ligands, or glycerol.
- The term “efficacy” refers to the effectiveness of a particular set of biochemical conditions in facilitating the refolding or renaturation of an unfolded or denatured protein.
- The term “reference set of conditions” refers to a set of biochemical conditions under which thermal unfolding information for a target molecule is obtained. Thermal unfolding information obtained under conditions different than the reference conditions is compared to the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule under reference conditions.
- The term “polarimetric measurement” relates to measurements of changes in the polarization of fluorescence.
- The term “collection” refers to a pool or a group of at least two molecules to be tested for binding to a target molecule or receptor in a single container.
- A “host” is a bacterial cell that has been transformed with recombinant DNA for the purpose of expressing protein which is heterologous to the host bacterial cell.
- The fluorescence thermal shift assay is based on the ligand-dependent change in thermal unfolding information (e.g., the Tm) of a target receptor, such as a protein or a nucleic acid. When heated over a range of temperatures, a receptor will unfold. By plotting the degree of unfolding as a function of temperature, one obtains a thermal unfolding curve for the receptor. Naturally, a thermal unfolding curve can be generated digitally, using computer software. The temperature midpoint Tm is the temperature at which one half of the receptor molecules are unfolded, and one half of the molecules remain folded.
- Ligand binding stabilizes the receptor (Schellman, J.,Biopolymers 14:999-1018 (1975)). The extent of binding and the free energy of interaction follow parallel courses as a function of ligand concentration (Schellman, J., Biophysical Chemistry 45:273-279 (1993); Barcelo, F. et al., Chem. Biol. Interactions 74:315-324 (1990)). As a result of stabilization by ligand, more energy (heat) is required to unfold the receptor. Thus, ligand binding shifts the thermal unfolding information (e.g., the Tm). This property can be exploited to determine whether a ligand binds to a receptor: a change, or “shift”, in the thermal unfolding information, and thus means that the ligand binds to the receptor.
-
- where
- KL T m =the ligand association constant at Tm;
- Tm=the midpoint for the protein unfolding transition in the presence of ligand;
- T0=the midpoint for the unfolding transition in the absence of ligand;
- ΔHu T 0 =the enthalpy of protein unfolding in the absence of ligand at T0;
- ΔCpu=the change in heat capacity upon protein unfolding in the absence of ligand;
- [LT
m ]=the free ligand concentration at Tm; and - R=the gas constant.
- The parameters ΔHu and ΔCpu are usually observed from differential scanning calorimetry experiments and are specific for each receptor. To calculate the binding constant from
equation 1, one should have access to a differential scanning calorimetry instrument to measure ΔHu, and ΔCpu for the receptor of interest. One can also locate these parameters for the receptor of interest, or a receptor closely related to it, in the literature. In these situations, equation (1) will allow the accurate measurement of KL at Tm. - It is also possible to calculate the ligand equilibrium association constant at any temperature, KL at T, using
equation 2. To useequation 2, calorimetry data for the binding enthalpy at T, ΔHL, and the change of heat capacity upon ligand binding, ΔCpL must be known (Brandts et al, Biochemistry 29:6927-6940 (1990)). - where
- KL T=the ligand association constant at any temperature T;
- KL T m =the ligand association constant at Tm;
- Tm=the midpoint for the protein unfolding transition in the presence of ligand;
- ΔHL T=the enthalpy of ligand binding in the absence of ligand at T;
- ΔCpL=the change in heat capacity upon binding of ligand; and
- R=the gas constant.
-
- One need not, however, calculate binding constants according to equations 1-3 in order to rank the affinities of a multiplicity of different ligands for a receptor. The present invention provides a method for ranking affinities of ligands according to differences in thermal unfolding information for the target molecule in the presence and absence of a ligand. Thus, it is possible to obtain estimates of KL at Tm, even in the absence of accurate values of ΔHu, ΔCpu, and ΔHL.
- The present invention is particularly useful for screening a combinatorial or a compound library, such as a directed diversity chemical library. To achieve high throughput screening, it is best to house samples on a multicontainer carrier or platform. A multicontainer carrier facilitates the heating of a plurality of samples simultaneously. In one embodiment, a multiwell microplate, for example a 96 or a 384 well microplate, which can accommodate 96 or 384 different samples, is used as the carrier.
- In one embodiment, one sample is contained in each well of a multi-well microplate. The control well contains receptor, but no molecule to be tested for binding. Each of the other samples contains at least one molecule to be tested for binding. The thermal unfolding information for the receptor in the control well is compared to the thermal unfolding information for each of the other samples.
- The rate of screening is accelerated when the sample contains more than one molecule to be tested for binding. For example, the screening rate is increased 20-fold when the sample contains a pool or collections of 20 molecules. Samples which contain a binding molecule must then be divided into samples containing a smaller collection of molecules to be tested for binding. These divided collections must then be assayed for binding to the target molecule. These steps must be repeated until a single molecule responsible for the original thermal shift is obtained.
- The element upon which the sample carrier is heated can be any element capable of heating samples rapidly and in a reproducible fashion. In the present invention, a plurality of samples is heated simultaneously. The plurality of samples can be heated on a single heating element. Alternatively, the plurality of samples can be heated to a given temperature on one heating element, and then moved to another heating element for heating to another temperature. Heating can be accomplished in regular or irregular intervals. To generate a smooth unfolding transition, the samples can be heated evenly, in intervals of 1 or 2° C. The temperature range across which the samples can be heated is from 25 to 110° C. Fluorescence readings are taken after each heating step. Samples can be heated and read by the fluorescence device in a continuous fashion. Alternatively, after each heating step, the samples may be cooled to a lower temperature prior to taking the fluorescence readings. Preferably, the samples are heated continuously and fluorescence readings are taken while the samples are being heated.
- Fluorescence readings can be taken on all of the samples in the carrier simultaneously. Alternatively, readings can be taken on samples in groups of at least two at a time. Finally, the readings can be taken one sample at a time.
- In one embodiment, thermal unfolding is monitored by fluorescence using an assay apparatus such as the one shown in FIG. 29. The instrument consists of a scanner and a control software system. The system is capable of quantifying soluble and cell-associated fluorescence. Fluorescence is detected by a photomultiplier tube in a light-proof detection chamber. The software runs on a personal computer and the action of the scanner is controlled through the software. A precision X-Y mechanism scans the microplate with a sensitive fiber-optic probe to quantify the fluorescence in each well. The microplate and samples can remain stationary during the scanning of each row of the samples, and the fiber-optic probe is then is moved to the next row. Alternatively, the microplate and samples can be moved to position a new row of samples under the fiber-optic probe. The scanning system is capable of scanning 96 samples in under one minute. The scanner is capable of holding a plurality of excitation filters and a plurality of emission filters to measure the most common fluorophores. Thus, fluorescence readings can be taken one sample at a time, or on a subset of samples simultaneously. An alternate embodiment of the assay apparatus is shown in FIG. 33.
- The heat conducting element or block upon which the sample carrier is heated can be any element capable of heating samples rapidly and reproducibly. The plurality of samples can be heated on a single heating element. Alternatively, the plurality of samples can be heated to a given temperature on one heating element, and then moved to another heating element for heating to another temperature. Heating can be accomplished in regular or irregular intervals. To generate a smooth thermal unfolding transition, the samples should be heated evenly, in intervals of 1 or 20° C. The temperature range across which the samples can be heated is from 4 to 110° C.
- In the present invention, a plurality of samples can be heated simultaneously. If samples are heated in discrete temperature intervals, in a stairstep fashion, fluorescence readings are taken after each heating step. Alternatively, after each heating step, the samples may be cooled to a lower temperature prior to taking the fluorescence readings. Alternatively, samples can be heated in a continuous fashion and fluorescence readings are taken during heating.
- The present invention also provides an improved method for generating lead compounds. After a compound or a combinatorial library of compounds has been screened using the thermal shift assay, compounds which bind to the target receptor are chemically modified to generate a second library of compounds. This second library is then screened using the thermal shift assay. This process of screening and generating a new library continues until compounds that bind to the target receptor with affinities in the Kd range of from 10−4 to 10−15 M are obtained.
- A fluorescence imaging system can be used to monitor the thermal unfolding of a target molecule or a receptor. Fluorescence imaging systems are well known to those skilled in the art. For example, the AlphaImager™ Gel Documentation and Analysis System (Alpha Innotech, San Leandro, Calif.) employs a high performancd charge coupled device camera with 768×494 pixel resolution. The charge coupled device camera is interfaced with a computer and images are anlayzed with Image analysis software™. The CHEMIIMAGER™ (Alpha Innotech) is a cooled charge coupled device that performs all of the functions of the ALPHAIMAGER™ and in addition captures images of chemiluminescent samples and other low intensity samples. The CHEMIIMAGER™ charge coupled device includes a Pentium processor (1.2 Gb hard drive, 16 Mb RAM), AlphaEase™ analysis software, a light tight cabinet, and a UV and white light trans-illuminator. For example, the MRC-1024 UV/Visible Laser Confocal Imaging System (BioRad, Richmond, Calif.) facilitates the simultaneous imaging of more than one fluorophore across a wide range of illumination wavelengths (350 to 700 nm). The
Gel Doc 1000 Fluorescent Gel Documentation System (BioRad, Richmond, Calif.) can clearly display sample areas as large as 20×20 cm, or as small as 5×4 cm. At least two 96 well microplates can fit into a 20×20 cm area. TheGel Doc 1000 system also facilitates the performance of time-based experiments. - A fluorescence thermal imaging system can be used to monitor receptor unfolding in a microplate thermal shift assay. In this embodiment, a plurality of samples is heated simultaneously at temperatures between 25 to 110° C. A fluorescence reading is taken for each of the plurality of samples simultaneously. For example, the fluorescence in each well of a 96 or a 384 well microplate can be monitored simultaneously. Alternatively, fluorescence readings can be taken continuously and simultaneously for each sample. At lower temperatures, all samples display a low level of fluorescence. As the temperature is increased, the fluorescence in each sample increases. Wells which contain ligands which bind to the target molecule with high affinity shift the thermal unfolding Tm to a higher temperature. As a result, wells which contain ligands which bind to the target molecule with high affinity fluoresce less, at a given temperature above the Tm of the target molecule in the absence of any ligands, than wells which do not contain high-affinity ligands. If the samples are heated in incremental steps, the flourescence of all of the plurality of samples is simultaneoulsy imaged at each heating step. If the samples are heated continuously, the fluorescence of all of the plurality of samples is simultaneously imaged during heating.
- A fluorescence thermal shift assay can be performed in a volume of 100 μL. For the following reasons, however, it is preferable to perform a thermal shift assay in a volume of 1-10 μL. First, approximately 10- to 100-fold less protein is required for the miniaturized assay. Thus, only ˜4 to 40 pmole of protein are required (0.1 μg to 1.0 μg for a 25 kDa protein) for the assay (i.e. 1 to 10 μL working volume with a target molecule concentration of about 1 to about 4 μM). Thus, as little as 1 mg of protein can be used to conduct 1,000 to 10,000 assays in the miniaturized format. This is particularly advantageous when the target molecule is available in minute quantities.
- Second, approximately 10- to 100-fold less ligand is required for the miniaturized assay. This advantage is very important to researchers when screening valuable combinatorial libraries for which library compounds are synthesized in minute quantities. In the case of human α-thrombin, the ideal ligand concentration is about 50 μM, which translates into 25-250 pmoles of ligand, or 10-100 ng (assuming a MW of 500 Da) of ligand per assay in the miniaturized format.
- Third, the smaller working volume allows the potential of using larger arrays of assays because the miniaturized assay can fit into a much smaller area. For example, a 384 well (16×24 array) or 864 well (24×36 array) plates have the same dimensions as the 96 well plates (8.5×12.5 cm). The 384 well plate and the 864 well plate allows the user to perform 4 and 9 times as many assays, respectively, as can be performed using a 96 well plate.
- Alternatively, 1536 well plates (32×48 arrays; Matrix Technologies Corp.) can be used. A 1536 well plate will facilitate sixteen times the throughput afforded by a 96 well plate. Thus, using the 1536 well plate configuration, the assay speed can be increased by about 16 times, relative to the speed at which the assay can be performed using the 96 well format. The 8×12 assay array arrangement (in a 96-well plate) facilitates the performance of 96 assays/hr, or about 2300 assays/24 hours. The 32×48 array assay arrangement facilitates the performance of about 1536 assays hr., or about 37,000 assays/24 hours can be performed using a 32×48 assay array configuration.
- Alternatively, microplates containing more than 1536 wells per plate can be used in the methods of the present invention.
- The assay volume can be 1-100 μL. Preferably, the assay volume is 1-50 μL. More preferably, the assay volume is 1-25 μL. More preferably still, the assay volume is 1-10 μL. More preferably still, the assay volume is 1-5 μL. More preferably still, the assay volume is 5 μL. Most preferably, the assay volume is 1 μL or 2 μL.
- Preferably, the assay is performed in V-bottom polycarbonate plates or polycarbonate dimple plates. A dimple plate is a plate that contains a plurality of round-bottom wells that hold a total volume of 15 μL.
- In the methods of the present invention, generation of thermal unfolding information can further comprise determining a thermal unfolding Tm, and the comparing step comprises comparing the Tm for the target molecule in each container to (i) the Tm for the target molecule in each of the other containers, and to (ii) the Tm obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the different molecules or obtained under a reference set of biochemical conditions, and wherein the ranking step comprises ranking the efficacies of the multiplicity of different molecules or the multiplicity of different biochemical conditions according to differences in the Tm.
- In the methods of the present invention, the measuring step comprise contacting the protein with the one or more different molecules or different biochemical conditions, in the presence of a fluorescence probe molecule present in each of the multiplicity of containers, and wherein the measuring step comprises exciting the fluorescence probe molecule, in each of the multiplicity of containers with light; and measuring the fluorescence from each of the multiplicity of containers.
- In the methods of the present invention, when the target molecule is a double-stranded oligonucleotide, one strand contains a donor fluorophore and the other strand of the oligonucleotide contains an acceptor fluorophore. the contacting step can comprise contacting the oligonucleotide with the multiplicity of different molecules, or with the multiplicity of different biochemical conditions, in each of the multiplicity of containers, and wherein the measuring step exciting the donor fluorophore, in each of the multiplicity of containers, with light; and measuring the fluorescence from the acceptor fluorophore in each of the multiplicity of containers
- In the methods of the present invention, fluorescence can be measured in all of the containers simultaneously. Alternatively, fluorescence can be measured in a subset of the containers simultaneously. Alternatively, fluorescence can be measured one container at a time.
- One alternative to taking fluorescence readings over a temperature range around the Tm of the therapeutic target to obtain a full thermal unfolding curve for the ligand/target complex, in order to identify shifts in Tm, is to perform the assay at a single temperature near the Tm of the target molecule. In this embodiment, samples that fluorescence less, relative to a control sample (containing a target molecule, but no candidate ligand) indicate that the candidate ligand binds to the target molecule.
- In this embodiment, the fluorescence associated with the thermal unfolding of a target molecule resulting from heating is determined by generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature over a range of one or more discrete or fixed temperatures. The fluorescence associated with thermal unfolding, is measured. The fluorescence at the discrete or fixed temperature for the target molecule in the absence of any ligand is noted. The fluorescence in the presence of each of a multiplicity of different molecules, for example, combinatorial compounds, is measured. The fluorescence associated with thermal unfolding of the target molecule in the presence of each of the multiplicity of molecules is compared to fluorescence obtained for the target molecule at the discrete or fixed temperature in the absence of any of the multiplicity of different molecules. The affinities of the multiplicity of different molecules are ranked according to the change in the fluorescence.
- The discrete or fixed temperature at which the fluorescence is measured can be any temperature that is useful for discriminating shifts in thermal stability. Preferably, the discrete or fixed temperature is the midpoint temperature Tm for the target molecule in the absence of any of the multiplicity of different molecules tested for binding to the target molecule.
- The methods of the present invention are not limited to assaying ligand-protein interactions. The methods of the present invention can be used to rapidly assay any multi-variable system related to protein stabilization. For example, the methods of the present invention can be used to simultaneously assay the binding of more than one compound or ligand to a target molecule. Using this approach, the additive effect of multiple-ligand binding can be assessed. Positive and negative cooperativity can be determined. To accomplish this method, fluorescence thermal shift assays are performed for a target molecule, such as a protein, in the absence of any ligands, in the presence of a single ligand, and in the presence of two or more ligands. Thermal unfolding information is generated for the protein alone and for each combination of protein and ligand(s). The midpoint temperature Tm is then determined for the protein alone and for each combination. Each Tm is then compared to each of the other Tm's for the other combinations. Alternatively, an unfolding curve is generated for the protein alone and for each combination, and each thermal unfolding curve is compared to each of the other thermal unfolding curves. In either of these manners, the additive contribution of more than one ligand to binding interaction or to protein stability can be determined.
- In a similar fashion, the additive contributions of one or more biochemical conditions to protein stability can be determined. Thus, the present invention can be used to rapidly identify biochemical conditions that optimize protein stabililty, and hence shelf-life. of a protein. Further, the methods and the assay apparatus of the present invention can be used to rank the efficacies of various biochemical conditions for refolding or renaturing an unfolded or denatured protein. This embodiment addresses the need in the art for a reliable method for screening for effective refolding or renaturing conditions.
- For example, expression of recombinant DNA in a bacterial cell usually results in the sequestration of recombinant protein into bacterial inclusion bodies (Marston, F. A. O., Biochem. J. 240:1-12 (1986)). Although other expression systems can be used instead of bacterial expression systems, expression in bacterial cells remains the method of choice for the high-level production of recombinant proteins (Rudolph, R., Protein Engineering: Principles and Practices, pp. 283-298, John Wiley & Sons (1995)). In many cases, recovery of recombinant protein requires that protein be isolated from inclusion bodies. Protein purification from inclusion bodies process necessitates the denaturation of recombinant protein. As a result, recombinant protein must be renatured or refolded under conditions suitable to generate the protein in its native, fully functional form.
- In each of these cases, denatured protein must be renatured or refolded in order to be useful for further study or use. Unfortunately, one cannot easily predict the exact conditions under which a given protein or fragment of the protein should be renatured. Each protein is different. One must always resort to testing a number of different combinations of renaturing conditions before one can know which set of conditions is optimal. Thus, it is desirable to have a reliable and rapid method for ranking the efficacies of various renaturing conditions.
- Recombinant DNA technology has allowed the biosynthesis of a wide variety of heterologous polypeptides of interest in relatively large quantities through the recruitment of the bacterial protein expression apparatus. However, the promise of cheap and abundant supplies of correctly folded rare human proteins of high therapeutic value expressed inE. coli has foundered due to the overwhelmingly predominant aggregation of unfolded or partially unfolded target proteins into insoluble protein inclusion bodies. For recent reviews, see Rudolph, R., & Lilie, H., FASEB J. 10:49-56 (1995); Sadana, A., Biotechnology & Bioengineering 48:481-489 (1995); Jaenicke, R., Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. London Ser. B-Biol. Sci. 348:97-105 (1995)). Reasons for the prevailing self aggregation reaction in E. coli have centered on the relatively high concentration of the heterologous protein (as high as 30% of the weight of the cell) found to various degrees in partially unfolded states. Thus, at the elevated protein concentrations of an overexpressing E. coli strain, the exposed hydrophobic residues of unfolded proteins are more likely to encounter other molecules with similarly exposed groups (inter-molecular reaction) than they are to sample self collapsed polypeptide conformations where these hydrophobic residues are packed in a proper orientation (intra-molecular transition state) for proceeding to the fully folded native state (see FIG. 26). From this perspective, the insoluble protein inclusion bodies are seen as kinetically trapped side reaction products that thwart the preferred protein folding process.
- Techniques for isolating inclusion bodies, purifying recombinant protein from inclusion bodies, and techniques for refolding or renaturing protein are well known to those skilled in the art. For example, see Sambrook, J. et al., Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory Manual, pp. 17.37-17.41, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1989); Rudolph, R. et al., FASEB J. 10:49-56 (1995).
- Another impediment to producing large quantities of correctly folded proteins inE. coli is that the reducing redox potential of the E. coli cytosol impedes the formation of disulfide bonds in vivo. The formation of disulfide bonds is an important co- and post-translational event in the biosynthesis of many extracellular proteins that is often coupled to protein folding. In addition, the cis-trans proline isomerization reaction has been demonstrated to be a rate determining step for correct folding of certain proteins (Lin, L.-N., & Brandts, J. F., Biochemistry 22:564-573 (1983)). As a result, partially folded intermediates accumulate in sufficient quantity in vivo that they aggregate and precipitate into protein masses.
- Cells employ a class of host proteins called molecular chaperonins that assist in vivo protein folding by apparently preventing many of the unproductive side reactions discussed above with regard to inclusion body formation, i.e. aggregation and improper disulfide bond formation. However, theE. coli chaperonin machinery, which is comprised in part by the proteins, GroEL and GroES, presumably becomes overwhelmed by massive overexpression. Despite many attempts to correct this chaperonin deficit by co-expression of molecular chaperonins with the protein of interest (Rudolph, R., & Lilie, H., The FASEB J. 10:49-56 (1995)) positive results have been reported in only one case (Goloubinoff, P., et al., Nature 342:884-889 (1989)).
- Two hypotheses have been promoted to explain how GroEL and GroES assist in vivo protein folding. Under the first hypothesis, the Anfinsen cage hypothesis, the function of a molecular chaperonin is to provide a protected environment where folding of the protein to its native state can proceed without interference by pro-aggregation conditions in the cell (Martin, et al.,Nature 352:36-42 (1991); Ellis, R. J., Current Biology 4:633-635 (1994)). Under the second hypothesis, the “iterative annealing” hypothesis, the function of the chaperonin is to partly unfold misfolded proteins (that is, kinetically trapped intermediates) with some of the energy of ATP hydrolysis being channeled into the conformational energy of the substrate polypeptide, forcing the polypeptide into a higher energy state from which it could once again attempt to refold correctly after being released into solution (Todd, M. J. et al., Science 265:659-666 (1994); Jackson, et al., Biochemistry 32:2554-2563 (1993); Weissman, J. S., et al., Cell 78:693-702 (1994); Weissman, J. S., & Kim, P. S., Science 253:1386-1393 (1991)).
- The in vivo results discussed above are in many ways consistent with the more recent experiences with in vitro refolding of recombinant heterologous proteins expressed inE. coli. That is, while the primary amino acid sequence of a protein may contain sufficient information to determine its native folded conformation (Anfinsen, C. B., Science 181:223-230 (1973)), the biochemical conditions in which the folding reaction takes place can strongly influence the partitioning between unfolded, aggregated, and correctly folded forms.
- For example, pH can be understood to influence the folding reaction by its effect on the long range electrostatic interactions summed in the fourth term of the equation (4).
- ΔG ƒold =ΔG conƒ +ΣΔg i,int +ΣΔg i,s +ΔW el+(ΔG bind) Equation (4)
- where
- ΔGconƒ=conformational free energy (order/disorder term);
- Δgi,int=short range interactions (H-bonds, van der Walls interactions, salt bridges, cofactor binding, etc.);
- Δgi,s=short range interactions with solvent (hydrophobic effect, hydration of ions, etc.); and
- ΔWel=long range electrostatic interactions.
- ΔGbind=ligand binding free energy
- As the pH of a protein solution is lowered below the pI for the protein, functional groups on the polypeptide become increasingly protonated, to the point where the electrostatic repulsion between functional groups eventually out balances the other terms in the free energy equation (equation (4)), and the protein is no longer able to adopt the native conformation.
- Another important biochemical parameter for protein folding is the solvent, water, which repels aliphatic and aromatic side chains (and possibly the main chain to some extent) to minimize their exposed surface area. The influence of solvent over the folding reaction is summed in the third term of the free energy equation (equation (4)). Certain salts are known to increase the hydrophobic interaction among protein side chains in water solutions. The effect depends upon the nature of the ions following the Hofmeister series: Cations: Mg2+>Li+>Na+>K+>NH4 +. Anions: SO4 2−>HPO4 2−>acetate>citrate>tartrate>Cl−>NO3->ClO3 −>I−>ClO4 −>SCN−. Stabilizing Hofmeister anions, such as SO4 2− and HPO4 2− at 0.4 M have been found to increase the yield of correctly folded proteins (Creighton, T. E., In: Proteins: Structures and Molecular Properties, Freeman, New York, (1984)). This favorable outcome for the native conformation of the protein has been attributed to the cations' and anions' “salting out” effect which leads to the preferential hydration of the protein (Creighton, T. E., In: Proteins: Structures and Molecular Properties, Freeman, New York, (1984)).
- Glycerol alters the solvation properties of water to favor the native conformation of proteins. The mechanism by which this occurs is the co-solvent exclusion and preferential hydration of the protein, not unlike the effect of salts of the salts of the Hofmeister series (Timasheff & Arakawa, In:Protein Structure, A Practical Approach, T. E. Creighton, ed., IRL Press, Oxford, UK (1989), pp. 331-354).
- Another example of how the environment influences protein folding is the effect that known ligands and cofactors have on the yield of folded protein. Ligand binding has the effect of shifting the equilibrium from an unfolded state to a native-ligand complex through a coupling of the binding free energy to that of the folding reaction. The role of metal ions in the refolding of bovine carbonic anhydrase II has been described (Bergenhem & Carlsson,Biochim. Biophys. Acta 998:277-285 (1989)). Other biochemical parameters that have been shown to affect protein folding are: protein concentration, temperature, glutathione redox buffers (GSH, GSSG), the presence of detergents, and the presence of other additives, such as glycerol, arginine-HCl, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and organic solvents.
- During incubation under refolding conditions, recombinant proteins can be immobilized to solid phase support. This configuration resembles the “Anfinsen cage” hypothesis for the function of GroEL and GroES where an unfolded protein becomes temporarily immobilized in a protected environment where folding to the native state can proceed without interference from competing aggregation reactions. Confirmation of protein folding on solid supports has now come from two recent reports in the literature. A poly-histidine tagged TIMP-2 protein could be refolded by dialysis while still bound to a metal chelate column (Negro, A. et al.,FEBS Lett. 360:52-56 (1995)). A polyionic fusion peptide attached to the amino or carboxyl terminus of α-glucosidase allowed folding while bound to heparin-Sepharose resin at about 5 mg/mL (Rudolph & Lilie, FASEB J. 10:49-56 (1995)). A polyionic arginine tag metholdology for immobilizing and refolding α-glucosidase is disclosed in Stempfer, G. et al., Nature Biotechnology 14:329-334 (1996).
- In the present invention, the thermal shift assay is used to rank the efficacy of various refolding or renaturing conditions. Each of a multiplicity of aliquots of a protein of interest, which has been incubated under a variety of different biochemical folding conditions, are placed in a container in a multicontainer carrier. An aliquot of the native, fully functional protein of known concentration is placed in the control container. The samples can be placed in any multicontainer carrier. Preferably, each sample can be placed in a well of a multiwell microplate.
- In considering the many biochemical variables that can influence the outcome of the protein folding reaction, optimization of protein folding is a multi-variable optimization problem, not unlike protein crystallization and quantitative structure activity relationships (QSAR) in drug discovery. Multi-variable optimization problems require large numbers of parallel experiments to collect as much data as possible in order to influence a favorable response. In this regard, both protein crystallization and QSAR analyses have greatly benefited from mass screening protocols that employ matrix arrays of incremental changes in biochemical or chemical composition.
- The present invention can be used to rank the efficacies of refolding or renaturing conditions. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, the concentration of glycerol, the concentration of protein, the use of agents which catalyze the formation of disulfide bond formation, temperature, pH, ionic strength, type of solvent, the use of thiols such as reduced glutathione (GSH) and oxidized glutathione (GSSG), chaotropes such as urea, guanidinium chlorides, alkyl-urea, organic solvents such as carbonic acid amides, L-arginine HCl, Tris buffer, polyethylene glycol, nonionic detergents, ionic detergents, zwitterionic detergents, mixed micelles, and a detergent in combination with cyclodextrin. The present invention can be used regardless of whether a denaturation agent is removed from the protein using dialysis, column chromatographic techniques, or suction filtration.
- Using a fluorescence thermal shift assay, the conditions which facilitate optimal protein refolding can be determined rapidly. In this embodiment, the renatured protein samples and a control protein sample (i.e., a sample of native protein in its fully functional form) are heated over a temperature range. At discrete temperature intervals, a fluorescence reading is taken. Alternatively, fluorescence readings can be taken during a continuous, pre-determined temperature profile. Thermal unfolding information (for example, thermal unfolding Tm) is generated for each sample. The Tm for the native, fully functional reference protein is determined. The relative efficacies of the refolding conditions are ranked according to the magnitude of the fluorescence associated with unfolding at the Tm of the native, fully functional reference protein, relative to the magnitude of the fluorescence of a known quantity of the sample proteins in the biochemical conditions at that Tm. The magnitude of fluorescence intensity change is used to monitor protein unfolding (reflected on the ordinate, or y-axis, of a thermal unfolding curve) is proportional to the amount of correctly folded protein.
- The present invention provides a method for screening biochemical conditions that facilitate and optimize protein folding. To screen conditions for a given protein, it is first necessary to determine the thermal unfolding profile for a protein of interest. This is accomplished by generating thermal unfolding information using the microplate thermal shift assay. Various conditions can be optimized, including pH optimum, ionic strength dependence, concentration of salts of the Hofmeister series, glycerol concentration, sucrose concentration, arginine concentration, dithiothreitol concentration, metal ion concentration, etc.
- Using the microplate thermal shift assay, one can determine one or more biochemical conditions have an additive effect on protein stability. Once a set of biochemical conditions that facilitate an increase in protein stability have been identified using the thermal shift assay, the same set of conditions can be used in protein folding experiments with recombinant protein. See FIG. 27. If the conditions that promote protein stability in the thermal shift assay correlate with conditions that promote folding of recombinant protein, conditions can be further optimized by performing additional thermal shift assays until a combination of stabilizing conditions that result in further increase protein stability are identified. Recombinant protein is then folded under those conditions. This process is repeated until optimal folding conditions are identified. Protein stability is expected to correlate with improved yields of protein folding. Yield of correctly folded protein can be determined using any suitable technique. For example, yield of correctly folded protein can be calculated by passing refolded protein over an affinity column, for example, a column to which a ligand of the protein is attached, and quantifying the amount of protein that is present in the sample. In this way, folding conditions can be assessed for their additive contributions to correct folding. The transition state for the protein folding reaction resembles the native form of the protein more than the denatured form. This has been demonstrated to be the case for may proteins (Fersht, A. R.,Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 7:3-9 (1997)).
- The methods and the apparatus of the present invention provide a rapid, high throughput approach to screening for combinations of biochemical conditions that favor the protein folding. The method does not require cumbersome and time consuming steps that conventional approaches to protein folding require. For example, using the method of the present invention, it is not necessary to dilute protein to large volumes and low protein concentrations (˜10 μg/mL) in order to avoid aggregation problems associated with conventional methods of recombinant protein refolding. Suppression of protein aggregation will allow for screening biochemical parameters that shift the protein folding equilibrium (between the unfolded and the folded forms of proteins) to the correct native conformation.
- Like protein stabilization, protein folding, ligand selection, and drug design, selection of conditions that promote protein crystallization is another multi-variable optimization problem that is solved using the methods and the apparatus of the present invention.
- The methods of the present invention are also useful for determining conditions that facilitate protein crystallization. The crystallization of molecules from solution is a reversible equilibrium process, and the kinetic and thermodynamic parameters are a function of the chemical and physical properties of the solvent system and solute of interest (McPherson, A., In:Preparation and Analysis of Protein Crystals, Wiley Interscience (1982); Weber, P. C., Adv. Protein Chem. 41:1-36 (1991)) 1991). Under supersaturating conditions, the system is driven toward equilibrium where the solute is partitioned between the soluble and solid phase instead of the unfolded and native states. The molecules in the crystalline phase pack in ordered and periodic three dimensional arrays that are energetically dominated by many of the same types of cohesive forces that are important for protein folding, i.e. van der Waals interactions, electrostatic interactions, hydrogen bonds, and covalent bonds (Moore, W. J., In: Physical Chemistry, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall, (1972), pp. 865-898).
- Thus, in many ways protein crystallization can be viewed as a higher level variation of protein folding where whole molecules are packed to maximize cohesive energies instead of individual amino acid residues. Moreover, for both protein crystallization and protein folding, the composition of the solvent can make very important contributions to the extent of partitioning between the soluble (unfolded) and crystalline (native) forms. The cohesive interactions present in protein macromolecules and the role played by solvent in modulating these interactions for both protein folding and protein crystallization are complex and not fully understood at the present time. In this regard, biochemical conditions that promote protein stabililty and protein folding also promote protein crystallization.
- For example, biochemical conditions that were found to increase the stability of D(II)FGF receptor 1 (FIGS.19-24) correlate with the conditions that facilitated the crystallization of x-ray diffraction quality protein crystals. Conditions that were employed to obtain crystals of D(II) FGFR1 protein are shown in Table 1.
- Protein crystals were obtained in the pH range 7.4 to 9.2 in the presence of the Hofmeister salt Li2SO4 (65 to 72%). These crystallization conditions correlated with the pH optimum of about 8.0 in FIG. 23. Other salts of the Hofmeister series such as Na2SO4, (NH4)2SO4 and Mg2SO4 were also found useful as additives for lowering the amount of Li2SO4 required as the precipitant. Clearly, these conditions for successful D(II) FGFR1 crystallization correlate closely with the stabilizing conditions that were identified using the microplate thermal shift assay.
- Conditions that were identified as facilitating human α-thrombin stabilization also facilitate human α-thrombin protein crystallization. FIGS.17A-D and 18 show the results of microplate thermal shift assays of conditions that facilitate human α-thrombin stability. Table 2 contains a summary of the conditions identified by three different investigators that facilitate crystallization of x-ray diffraction quality human α-thrombin crystals (Bode, W., et al., Protein Sci. 1:426-471 (1992); Vijayalakshmi, J. et al., Protein Sci. 3:2254-22271 (1994); and Zdanov, A. et al., Proteins: Struct. Funct. Genet. 17:252-265 (1993)).
- The conditions summarized in Table 2 correlate closely with the conditions identified in the microplate thermal shift assay as facilitating human α-thrombin stability. Crystals formed near a pH optimum of about 7.0. Furthermore, there is a clear preference for the presence of 0.1 to 0.5 M NaCl (50% of the conditions) or 0.1 to 0.2 M NaBPO4. This is consistent with the recently discovered Na+ binding site (Dang et al., Nature Biotechnology 15:146-149 (1997)) and microplate thermal shift assay results in FIGS. 17A-D and 18. All of the human α-thrombin samples described in Table 2 that have yielded good crystals are complexed with a ligand, thereby further stabilizing the native structure of this protein beyond that acquired from the biochemical conditions.
TABLE 1 D(II) FGFR1 Crystallization Conditions Buffer Precipitant Additive Protein Concentration 50 mM Hepes pH 7.4 72 % Li2SO4 10 mg/ml (10 mM Hepes pH 7.5) 50 mM Hepes pH 7.4 72% Li2SO4 3.4 mM ZnSO4 10 mg/ml (10 mM Hepes pH 7.5) 50 mM Hepes pH 7.4 68 % Li2SO4 1% PEG 8000 10 mg/ml (10 mM Hepes pH 7.5) 50 mM Hepes pH 7.4 66% Li2SO4 3.4 mM Na2SO4 10 mg/ml (10 mM Hepes pH 7.5) 50 mM Hepes pH 7.4 66% Li2SO4 5.3 mM (NH4) 2SO4 10 mg/ml (10 mM Hepes pH 7.5) 50 mM Hepes pH 7.4 66% Li2SO4 2.1 mM MgSO4 10 mg/ml (10 mM Hepes pH 7.5) 10 mM Tris Hcl, 65 % Li2SO4 10 mg/ml (10 mM Hepes pH 7.5) pH 8.0 20 mM glycine, 68 % Li2SO4 10 mg/ml (10 mM Hepes pH 7.5) pH 5.2 - Protein crystallization is a slow and tedious process that has historically been the rate determining step for the x-ray diffraction determination of protein and nucleic acid structures. The method and apparatus of the present invention facilitate the rapid, high-throughput elucidation of conditions that promote the stability of a given protein and thus the formation of X-ray quality protein crystals.
- When a protein is more stable, it has fewer thermodynamic motions that inhibit packing into a crystal lattice. With fewer motions, the protein fits better into a crystal lattice. Using conventional crystallization methods, crystallization experiments are set up at room temperature for weeks at a time. Over time, protein unfolding occurs. Using the methods of the present invention, conditions that stabilize a protein are examined over a temperature range.
- In a further aspect of the present invention, an assay apparatus is provided that includes a heating means for simultaneously heating a plurality of samples, and a receiving means for receiving fluorescence from the samples while the samples are being heated. In yet a further aspect of the present invention, an assay apparatus is provided that includes a temperature adjusting means for simultaneously adjusting a temperature of a plurality of samples in accordance with a pre-determined temperature profile, and a receiving means for receiving fluorescence from the samples while the temperature of the samples is adjusted in accordance with the temperature profile.
- In yet a further aspect, the present invention also provides an assay apparatus that includes a movable platform on which are disposed a plurality of heat conducting blocks. The temperature of the heat conducting blocks, and their samples, are adjusted by a temperature adjusting means. Each of the plurality of heat conducting blocks is adapted to receive a plurality of samples. A light source is provided for emitting an excitatory wavelength of light for the samples. While the temperature of the samples is being adjusted, a sensor detects the fluorescence from the samples in response to the excitatory wavelength of light. The movable platform is moved between heat conducting blocks to sequentially detect fluorescence from the samples in each of the plurality of heat conducting blocks.
- The assay apparatus of the present invention is directed to an automated temperature adjusting and fluorescence receiving system that simultaneously adjusts the temperature of a multiplicity of samples over a defined temperature range and receives fluorescence from the samples. The assay apparatus of the present invention is particularly useful for performing microplate thermal shift assays of protein stability. The assay apparatus of the present invention can be used to practice all of the methods of the present invention.
TABLE 2 Human α- Crystallization Conditions thrombin Protein Complex Buffer Salt Precipitant Additive Conc. Comment Vijayalakshmi et al. MDL-28050 75 mM NaHPO4 pH 7.3 0.375 M NaCl 1 mM NaN3 3 mg/ml protein (2.2 Å) 100 mM NaHPO4 pH 7.3 24% PEG 4000 1 mM NaN3 well Hirugen/ Hirulog 150 mM NaHPO4 pH 7.3 0.375 M NaCl .5 mM NaN3 3-3.7 mg/ml protein (2.3 Å) 0.1 M NaHPO4 pH 7.3 28% PEG 8000 1 mM NaN3 well FPAM + Hirugen 0.1 M NaHPO4 pH 7.3 5 mg/ml protein (2.5 Å) 0.1 M NaHPO4 pH 7.3 28% PEG 8000 well Hirulog 3 75 mM NaHPO4 pH 7.3 0.38 M NaCl 1 mM NaN3 5 mg/ml protein (2.3 Å) 0.1 M NaHPO4 pH 7.3 24% PEG 8000 1 mM NaN3 well Bode et al. NAPAP 0.1 M KHPO4 pH 8.0 10 mg/ml protein (2.3 Å) 0.1 M KHPO4 pH 8.0 1.9 M NH4SO4 PPACK 2 mM MOPS pH 70.1 M NaCl 0.5 % NaN3 10 mg/ml protein (1.9 Å) 0.2 M PO4 pH 6-7 0.5 M NaCl 20 % PEG 6000well Zdanov et al. Hirutonin-2 50 mM NaHPO4 pH 5.5 0.1 M NaCl 10 mg/ml protein (2.1 Å) 0.1 M Na Citrate pH 5.5 0.1 M NaCl 24% PEG 4000 well - FIG. 29 shows a schematic diagram of one embodiment of an
assay apparatus 2900 of the present invention.Assay apparatus 2900 includes aheat conducting block 2912 that includes a plurality ofwells 2920 for a plurality ofsamples 2910.Heat conducting block 2912 is composed of a material that has a relatively high coefficient of thermal conductivity, such as aluminum, stainless steel, brass, teflon, and ceramic. Thus,heat conducting block 2912 can be heated and cooled to a uniform temperature but will not be thermally conductive enough to require excess heating or cooling to maintain a temperature. -
Assay apparatus 2900 also includes alight source 2906 for emitting an excitatory wavelength of light, shown generally at 2916, for the samples.Light source 2906 excitessamples 2910 withexcitatory light 2916. Any suitable light source can be used. For example a tungsten-halogen lamp can be used. Alternatively, a Xenon-arc lamp, such as the Biolumin 960 (Molecular Dynamics) can used. Alternatively, a high pressure mercury (Hg) Lamp can be used. High pressure mercury lamps emit light of higher intensity than Xenon (Xe) lamps. The intensity of light from a high pressure mercury lamp is concentrated in specific lines, and are only useful if the Hg lines are at suitable wavelengths for excitation of particular fluorophores. Other types of light sources that could be used include, a light-emitting diode, a light-emitting diode array, a laser diode, or a laser diode array. - Some fluorescence plate readers employ lasers for excitation in the visible region of the electromagnetic spectrum. For example, the FluorImager™ (Molecular Dynamics, Palo Alto, Calif.) is such a device. This technology is useful when using fluorescent dyes that absorb energy at around 480 nm and emit energy at around 590 nm. Such a dye could then be excited with the 488 nm illumination of standard argon, argon/krypton lasers. For example, 1,1-dicyano-2-[6-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-2-yl]propene (DDNP) is such a dye. The advantage in using a laser is that a laser is characterized by very high intensity light, which results in an improved signal to noise ratio.
- Excitatory light2916 causes
fluorescence 2918 fromsamples 2910.Fluorescence 2918 is received by aphotomultiplier tube 2904.Photomultiplier tube 2904 is communicatively and operatively coupled to acomputer 2914 by anelectrical connection 2902.Computer 2914 functions as a data analysis means for analyzing fluorescence as a function of temperature. - As discussed above, the fluorescence receiving means or sensor of the assay apparatus of the present invention can comprise a photomultiplier tube. Alternatively, the fluorescence receiving means or sensor can include a charge coupled device or a charge coupled device camera. In still another alternative, the fluorescence receiving means or sensor can include a diode array.
- For measuring fluorescence in the microplate thermal shift assay, one alternative to a fluorescence plate reader is a charge coupled device (CCD). For example, high resolution CCD cameras can detect very small amounts of electromagnetic energy, whether it originates from distance stars, is diffracted by crystals, or is emitted by fluorophores. A CCD is made of semi-conducting silicon. When photons of light fall on it, free electrons are released. As an electronic imaging device, a CCD camera is particularly suitable for fluorescence imaging because it can detect very faint objects, affords sensitive detection over a broad spectrum range, affords low levels of electromagnetic noise, and detects signals over a wide dynamic range--that is, a charge coupled device can simultaneously detect bright objects and faint objects. Further, the output is linear so that the amount of electrons collected is directly proportional to the number of photons received. This means that the image brightness is a measure of the real brightness of the object, a property not afforded by, for example, photographic emulsions.
- FIG. 30 depicts a charge coupled device (CCD)
camera 3000 for detectingfluorescence 2918 fromsamples 2910.CCD camera 3000 can be any CCD camera suitable for imaging fluorescence. For example, suitable CCD cameras are available from Alpha-Innotech (San Leandro, Calif.), Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.), and BioRad (Richmond, Calif.). Particularly preferred is a cooled CCD camera, such as a liquid cooled CCD camera, or a CCD camera cooled by a thermoelectric coolant system. - When a fluorescence imaging camera or a CCD camera is used, excitatory light2916 can be a suitable lamp that is positioned over the plurality of
samples 2910. Alternatively, excitatory light 2916 can be a suitable lamp that is positioned under the plurality ofsamples 2910. In another alternative embodiment, excitatory light 2916 can be delivered to eachsample 2910 by a plurality of fiber optic cables. Each fiber optic cable is disposed through one of a plurality of tunnels in conductingblock 2912. Thus, each ofsamples 2910 receives excitatory light 2916 through a fiber optic cable. - As shown in FIG. 30,
source 2906 excitessamples 2910 withexcitatory light 2916. Excitatory light 2916 causesfluorescence 2918 fromsamples 2910.fluorescence 2918 is filtered through anemission filter 3002.Emission filter 3002 filters out wavelengths offluorescence 2918 that are not to be monitored or received byCCD camera 3000. Preferably, the emission filter is an optical filter.CCD camera 3000 receives the filteredfluorescence 2918 from all ofsamples 2910 simultaneously. For simplicity and ease of understanding, only fluorescence form one row ofsamples 2910 are shown in FIG. 30.CCD camera 3000 is communicatively and operatively coupled tocomputer 2914 byelectrical connection 2902. - With reference now to FIG. 31, one embodiment of
assay apparatus 2900 is shown in more detail. As shown in FIG. 31, many apparatus components are attached to abase 3100. A heat conducting block relative movement means 3128 is used to moveheat conducting block 2912 indirections servo controller 3144. Activation of heat conducting block relative movement means 3128 byservo controller 3144 moves heat conductingblock 2912 indirections Servo controller 3144 is controlled by acomputer controller 3142. Alternatively,computer 2914 could be used to controlservo controller 3144. - A sensor is removably attached to a
sensor armature 3120. An exemplary sensor is afiber optic probe 3122.Fiber optic probe 3122 includes a fiber optic cable capable of transmitting excitatory light 2916 tosamples 2910, and a fiber optic cable capable of receivingfluorescence 2918 fromsamples 2910. Electromagnetic radiation is transmitted from excitatorylight source 2906 tofiber optic probe 3122 by excitatory light inputfiber optic cable 3108. In one embodiment of the present invention, a fluorescence receiving means comprisingphotomultiplier tube 2904 is used to detect fluorescence fromsamples 2910. In this embodiment, electromagnetic radiation is transmitted fromfiber optic probe 3122 tophotomultiplier tube 2904 byfiber optic cable 3110. In an alternative embodiment of the present invention,CCD camera 3002 is used to detect fluorescence fromsamples 2910. In this embodiment,fiber optic cable 3110 is not required. - A
temperature sensor 3124 is removably attached tosensor armature 3120.Temperature sensor 3124 is communicatively and operably linked to atemperature controller 3162.Temperature sensor 3124 monitors the temperature ofheat conducting block 2912 and feeds temperature information back totemperature controller 3162.Temperature controller 3162 is connected to heat conductingblock 2912 by athermoelectric connection 3164. Under the action oftemperature controller 3162, the temperature ofheat conducting block 2912 can be increased, decreased, or held constant. Particularly, the temperature ofheat conducting block 2912 can be changed bytemperature controller 3162 in accordance with a predetermined temperature profile. Preferably,temperature computer controller 3162 is implemented using a computer system such as that described below with respect to FIG. 37. - As used herein, the term “temperature profile” refers to a change in temperature over time. The term “temperature profile” encompasses continuous upward or downward changes in temperature, both linear and non-linear changes. The term also encompasses any stepwise temperature change protocols, including protocols characterized by incremental increases or decreases in temperature during which temperature increases or decreases are interrupted by periods during which temperature is maintained constant. In the apparatus of the present invention, the temperature profile can be pre-determined by programming
temperature computer controller 3162. For example, temperature profiles can be stored in a memory device oftemperature controller 3162, or input totemperature controller 3162 by an operator. - A sensor armature relative movement means3130 is used to move
sensor armature 3120 indirections armature servo controller 3118 is fixedly connected to excitatorylight filter housing 3160. Activation of sensorarmature servo controller 3118 movesfiber optic probe 3122 indirections heat conducting block 2912 andsensor armature 3120. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the use of servo controllers for movement ofheat conducting block 2912 andsensor armature 3120, and other suitable means known to one of skill in the art can also be used, such as a motor. -
Servo controllers computer controller 3142.Computer controller 3142 controls the movement ofsensor armature 3120 indirections computer controller 3142 controls the movement of heat conducting block relative movement means 3128 indirections - In the assay apparatus of the present invention, excitatory
light source 2906 is used to excitesamples 2910. Excitatorylight source 2906 is communicatively and operably connected toexcitatory light filter 3104, which is contained within excitatorylight filter housing 3160. Preferably, the excitation filter is an optical filter.Excitatory light filter 3104 filters out all wavelengths of light from excitatorylight source 2906 except for the wavelength(s) of light that are desired to be delivered byfiber optic probe 3122 tosamples 2910. An excitatory lightfilter servo controller 3106 controls the aperture of excitatorylight filter 3104. Excitatorylight source 2906 and excitatory lightfilter servo controller 3106 are communicatively and operatively connected to excitatorylight computer controller 3102.Computer controller 3102 controls the wavelength of excitatory light transmitted tosamples 2910 by controlling excitatory lightfilter servo controller 3106. Excitatory light 2916 is transmitted through excitatory light inputfiber optic cable 3108 tofiber optic probe 3122 for transmission tosamples 2912. - Fluorescence2918 from
samples 2910 is received byfiber optic probe 3122 and is transmitted tofluorescence filter 3114 by outputfiber optic cable 3110.fluorescence filter 3114 is contained within afluorescence filter housing 3166.Fluorescence filter housing 3166 is disposed onphotomultiplier tube housing 3168.Photomultiplier tube housing 3168 containsphotomultiplier tube 2904. Afluorescence servo controller 3112 controls the aperture offluorescence filter 3114, thereby controlling the wavelength offluorescence 2918 that is transmitted tophotomultiplier tube 2904.Fluorescence servo controller 3112 is controlled by acomputer controller 3170. - Fluorescence2918 from
samples 2910 is transmitted fromphotomultiplier tube 2904.Electrical output 3140 connectsphotomultiplier tube 2904 toelectric connection 2902.Electric connection 2902 connectselectrical output 3140 tocomputer 2914. Driven by suitable software,computer 2914 processes the fluorescence signal fromsamples 2910. Exemplary software is a graphical interface that automatically analyzes fluorescence data obtained fromsamples 2910. Such software is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, the CytoFluor™II fluorescence multi-well plate reader (PerSeptive Biosystems, Framingham, Mass.) utilizes the Cytocalc™ Data Analysis System (PerSeptive Biosystems, Framingham, Mass.). Other suitable software includes, MicroSoft Excel or any comparable software. - FIGS.32A-C illustrate one embodiment of a thermal electric stage or heat conducting block for the assay apparatus of the present invention. FIG. 32A shows a side view of
heat conducting block 2912 and aheat conducting wire 3206. FIG. 32B shows a top view ofheat conducting block 2912 andheat conducting wire 3206.Heat conducting wire 3206 is a temperature adjusting element that adjusts the temperature ofheat conducting block 2912. By means readily known to one of skill in the art,temperature controller 3162 causesheat conducting wire 3206 to increase or decrease in temperature, thereby changing the temperature ofheat conducting block 2912. For example, an exemplary temperature controller is a resistance device that converts electric energy into heat energy. Alternatively, the heating element can be a circulating water system, such as that disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,255,976, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference. In another alternative, the temperature adjusting element can be a heat conducting surface upon which heat conductingblock 2912 is disposed. Particularly, the temperature ofheat conducting wire 3206 can be changed bytemperature controller 3162 in accordance with a pre-determined temperature profile.Temperature controller 3162 is preferably implemented using a computer system such as that described below with respect to FIG. 37. Alternatively,computer 2914 could be used to implementtemperature controller 3162. An exemplary set of specifications fortemperature controller 3162 andheat conducting block 2912 is as follows:resolution 0.1° C. accuracy +0.5° C. stability 0.1° C. repeatability 0.1° C. -
Temperature controller 3162 changes temperature in accordance with a temperature profile as discussed below with respect to FIGS. 36A and 36B. - The temperature of
heat conducting block 2912 can be controlled such that a uniform temperature is maintained across the heat conducting block. Alternatively, the temperature of heat conducting block 2921 can be controlled such that a temperature gradient is established from one end of the heat conducting block to the other. Such a technique is disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,255,976 and 5,525,300, the entirety of both of which is incorporated by reference. -
Heat conducting block 2912 is preferably configured with plurality ofwells 2920 forsamples 2910 to be assayed. In one embodiment, each ofwells 2920 is configured to receive a container containing one of plurality ofsamples 2910. Alternatively,heat conducting block 2912 is configured to receive a container containing plurality ofsamples 2910. An exemplary container for containing plurality ofsamples 2910 is a microtiter plate. - In yet a further alternate embodiment,
heat conducting block 2912 is configured to receive a heat conducting adaptor that is configured to receive a container containing one or more ofsamples 2910. The heat conducting adaptor is disposed onheat conducting block 2912, and thecontainer containing samples 2910 fits into the heat conducting adaptor. FIGS. 32C-E show three exemplary configurations of a heat conducting adaptor. Anadaptor 3200 is configured with round-bottomed wells. Anadaptor 3202 is configured with square-bottom wells. Anadaptor 3204 is configured with V-shaped wells. For example,adaptor 3200 can receive a plurality of round-bottom containers, each containing one sample. Similarly,adaptor 3202 can receive a plurality of square-bottom containers, andadaptor 3204 can contain a plurality of V-shaped bottom containers.Adaptors heat conducting block 2912 is heated,heat conducting adaptors adaptors Adaptors - Another embodiment of the assay apparatus of the present invention is shown in FIG. 33. In this embodiment, a plurality of
heat conducting blocks 2912 is mounted on a rotatable platform orcarousel 3306. Alternativeley, the platform can be a translatable platform. Platform orcarousel 3306 can be composed of a heat conducting material, such as the material that heat conductingblock 2912 is composed of. Although six heat conducting blocks are shown in FIG. 33, this number is exemplary and it is to be understood that any number of heat conducting blocks can be used. As shown in FIG. 33, anaxle 3308 is rotatably connected tobase 3100.Rotatable platform 3306 is axially mounted to rotate aboutaxle 3308. Rotation ofaxle 3308 is controlled by aservo controller 3312.Servo controller 3312 is controlled by acomputer controller 3314 in a manner well known to one of skill in the relevant arts.Computer controller 3314 causesservo controller 3312 to rotateaxle 3308 thereby rotatingrotatable platform 3306. In this manner,heat conducting blocks 2912 are sequentially placed underfiber optic probe 3122. - Each of the plurality of
heat conducting blocks 2912 can be controlled independently bytemperature controller 3162. Thus, the temperature of a firstheat conducting block 2912 can be higher or lower than the temperature of a secondheat conducting block 2912. Similarly, the temperature of a thirdheat conducting block 2912 can be higher or lower than the temperature of either first or secondheat conducting block 2912. - In a manner similar to that described above for FIG. 31, relative movement means3130 is also used to move
sensor armature 3120 indirections fiber optic probe 3122 can be moved to detect fluorescence fromsamples 2910. A second sensor armature relative movement means 3316 is used to movesensor armature 3120 indirections - The temperature of
heat conducting blocks 2912 is controlled bytemperature controller 3162.Temperature controller 3162 is connected torotatable platform 3306 byconnection 3164 to heat conducting blocks 2912. Under the action oftemperature controller 3162, the temperature ofheat conducting blocks 2912 can be increased and decreased. Alternatively,temperature controller 3162 can be configured to adjust the temperature ofrotatable platform 3306. In such a configuration, whenrotatable platform 3306 is heated,heat conducting blocks 2912 are also heated. Alternatively, the temperature of each ofheat conducting blocks 2912 can be controlled by a circulating water system such as that noted above. - In a manner similar to that illustrated in FIG. 31, excitatory
light source 2906 is used to excitesamples 2910. Excitatorylight source 2906 is communicatively and operably connected toexcitatory light filter 3104, which is contained within excitatorylight filter housing 3160.Excitatory light filter 3104 filters out all wavelengths of light from excitatorylight source 2906 except for the wavelength(s) of light that are desired to be delivered byfiber optic probe 3122 tosamples 2910. An excitatory lightfilter servo controller 3106 controls the aperture of excitatorylight filter 3104. Excitatorylight source 2906 and excitatory lightfilter servo controller 3106 are communicatively and operatively connected to excitatorylight computer controller 3102.Computer controller 3102 controls the wavelength of excitatory light transmitted tosamples 2910 by controlling excitatory lightfilter servo controller 3106. Excitatory light 2916 is transmitted through excitatory light inputfiber optic cable 3108 tofiber optic probe 3122 for transmission tosamples 2912. - Fluorescence2918 from
samples 2910 is received byfiber optic probe 3122 and is transmitted tofluorescence filter 3114 byfiber optic cable 3110.Fluorescence servo controller 3112controls fluorescence filter 3114 aperture and thus controls the wavelength of fluorescence that is transmitted tophotomultiplier tube 2904. In a manner similar to that explained for FIG. 31,fluorescence servo controller 3112 is controlled bycomputer controller 3170. - The assay apparatus of the present invention can detect fluorescence from
samples 2910 one sample at a time or simultaneously from a subset ofsamples 2910. As used herein, the term “subset of samples” refers to at least two ofsamples 2910. To detect fluorescence simultaneously from a subset of samples in an embodiment of the assay apparatus of the present invention comprisingphotomultiplier tube 2904, a plurality of excitatorylight filters 3104, excitatory light inputfiber optic cables 3108, emission light outputfiber optic cables 3110, andemission light filters 3114 must be used. - The fluorescence signal is transmitted from
photomultiplier tube 2904 tocomputer 2914.Photomultiplier tube 2904 is communicatively and operatively coupled tocomputer 2914 byelectrical connection 2902.Connection 2902 is connected tophotomultiplier tube 2904 throughelectrical output 3140.Computer 2914 functions as a data analysis means for analyzing fluorescence as a function of temperature. - FIG. 34 illustrates a top view of the assay apparatus shown in FIG. 33 with a
housing 3400 that covers the apparatus. Adoor 3402 opens to revealsamples 2910.Door 3402 can be a hinge door that swings open. Alternatively,door 3402 can be a sliding door that slides open. A side view of the assay apparatus shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 is illustrated in FIG. 35.Cover 3400 is disposed on top ofbase 3100.Cover 3400 can be made of any suitable material. For example,cover 3400 can be made of plexiglass, fiberglass, or metal. - FIGS. 36A and 36B illustrate a temperature profile and how the temperature profile is implemented using the assay apparatus of the present invention. FIG. 36A illustrates a temperature profile3600 that shows the temperature of
heat conducting blocks 2912 as a function of time. Heat conductingblocks 2912 andsamples 2910 are heated in a continuous fashion in accordance with temperature profile 3600. Alternatively,rotatable platform 3306 can be heated along with heat conducting blocks 2912. Preferably, temperature profile 3600 is linear, with temperatures ranging from about 4° C. to about 110° C. - Alternatively, temperature profile3600 can be characterized by incremental, stair step increases in temperature, in which heat conducting
blocks 2912 andsamples 2910 are heated to a predetermined temperature, maintained at that temperature for a predetermined period of time, and than heated to a higher predetermined temperature. For example, temperature can be increased from 0.5° C. to 20° C. per minute. Although the temperature range from about 4° C. to about 110° C. is disclosed, it is to be understood that the temperature range with which a given target molecule, for example, a protein, is to be heated to generate thermal unfolding information can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. The length of time over which temperature profile 3600 is accomplished will vary, depending on how many samples are to be assayed and on how rapidly the sensor that receivesfluorescence 2918 can detectfluorescence 2918 fromsamples 2910. For example, an experiment in which each of six heat conducting blocks 2912 holds a total of 96 samples 2910 (for a total of 576 samples), and in which samples are scanned using a fluorescent reader device having a single fiber optic probe, and in which the temperature profile is from 38° C. and 76° C., would take approximately 38 minutes to perform using the apparatus shown in FIG. 33. - While heating in accordance with temperature profile3600,
fluorescence 2918 from eachsample 2910 in a firstheat conducting block 2912 is received throughfiber optic probe 3122. As illustrated in FIG. 36B, after fluorescence from all ofsamples 2910 in firstheat conducting block 2912 have been received,platform 3306 is rotated to move the nextheat conducting block 2912 underfiber optic probe 3122 andfluorescence 2918 fromsamples 2910 is received byfiber optic probe 3122. This process is continued until reception of fluorescences from all samples in all heat conducting blocks 2912 is complete. Fluorescence fromsamples 2910 on eachheat conducting block 2912 can be received one at a time, simultaneously from a subset of samples, simultaneously from one row of samples at a time, or all of the samples at one time. - The present invention may be implemented using hardware, software, or a combination thereof, and may be implemented in a computer system or other processing system. A flowchart3800 for implementation of one embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIG. 38. Flowchart 3800 begins with a
start step 3802. In astep 3804, temperature profile 3600 is initiated. For example,temperature controller 3162 causes the temperature ofheat conducting block 2912 to increase. In astep 3806, a sensor such asfiber optic probe 3122 orCCD camera 3000 is moved over asample 2910, row ofsamples 2910, or all ofsamples 2910. In astep 3808, excitatory light is transmitted to sample(s) 2910 usingexcitatory light source 2906. In astep 3810, fluorescence is received by the sensor from sample(s) 2910. In adecision step 3812, it is determined whetherfluorescence 2918 has been received from all of the samples, rows of samples, in oneheat conducting block 2912. Iffluorescence 2918 has not been received from all of the samples or rows of samples, the sensor is moved over the next sample or row of samples in astep 3814. Processing then continues atstep 3808 to transmitexcitatory light 2916. Processing then continues to astep 3810 to receivefluorescence 2918 from sample(s) 2910. - If
fluorescence 2918 has been received from all of samples or rows of samples, processing continues to adecision step 3816. Indecision step 3816, it is determined whetherfluorescence 2918 has been received from samples in all heat conducting blocks. If not,rotatable platform 3306 is rotated in astep 3818 to place the nextheat conducting block 2912 andsamples 2910 contained therein under the sensor.Steps 3806 through 3818 are followed untilfluorescence 2918 has been received from all of the samples in all of heat conducting blocks 2912. Processing then continues to astep 3820, in which temperature profile 3600 is completed and processing ends at astep 3822. - A
flowchart 3900 for implementation of an alternate embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIG. 39. In this embodiment, a sensor for simultaneously receivingfluorescence 2918 from all ofsamples 2910 onheat conducting block 2912, such asCCD camera 3000, is positioned overheat conducting block 2912.Flowchart 3900 begins with astart step 3902. In astep 3904, temperature profile 3600 is initiated. For example,temperature controller 3162 causes the temperature ofheat conducting block 2912 to increase. In astep 3906, excitatory light is transmitted to sample(s) 2910 usingexcitatory light source 2906. In astep 3908, fluorescence is received byCCD camera 3000 from sample(s) 2910. In adecision step 3910, it is determined whetherfluorescence 2918 has been received from all of heat conducting blocks 2912. If not,rotatable platform 3306 is rotated in astep 3912 to place the nextheat conducting block 2912 andsamples 2910 contained therein underCCD camera 3000.Steps 3906 through 3912 are followed untilfluorescence 2918 has been received fromsamples 2910 in all of heat conducting blocks 2912. Processing then continues to astep 3914. Instep 3914, temperature profile 3600 is completed and processing ends at astep 3916. - As stated above, the present invention may be implemented using hardware, software, or a combination thereof, and may be implemented in a computer system or other processing system. An
exemplary computer system 3702 is shown in FIG. 37.Computer controllers computer system 3702. - After reading this description, it will become apparent to a person skilled in the relevant art how to implement the invention using other computer systems and/or computer architectures.
Computer system 3702 includes one or more processors, such asprocessor 3704.Processor 3704 is connected to acommunication bus 3706.Computer system 3702 also includes amain memory 3708, preferably random access memory (RAM), and can also include asecondary memory 3710. Thesecondary memory 3710 can include, for example, ahard disk drive 3712 and/or aremovable storage drive 3714, representing a floppy disk drive, a magnetic tape drive, an optical disk drive, etc. Theremovable storage drive 3714 reads from and/or writes to aremovable storage unit 3716 in a well known manner.Removable storage unit 3716 represents a floppy disk, magnetic tape, optical disk, etc. which is read by and written to byremovable storage drive 3714. As will be appreciated, theremovable storage unit 3716 includes a computer usable storage medium having stored therein computer software and/or data. - In alternative embodiments,
secondary memory 3710 may include other similar means for allowing computer programs or other instructions to be loaded intocomputer system 3702. Such means can include, for example, aremovable storage unit 3718 and aninterface 3720. Examples of such can include a program cartridge and cartridge interface (such as that found in video game devices), a removable memory chip (such as an EPROM, or PROM) and associated socket, and otherremovable storage units 3718 andinterfaces 3720 which allow software and data to be transferred from theremovable storage unit 3718 tocomputer system 3702. -
Computer system 3702 can also include acommunications interface 3722.Communications interface 3722 allows software and data to be transferred betweencomputer system 3702 and external devices. Examples ofcommunications interface 3722 can include a modem, a network interface (such as an Ethernet card), a communications port, a PCMCIA slot and card, etc. Software and data transferred viacommunications interface 3722 are in the form ofsignals 3724 which can be electronic, electromagnetic, optical or other signals capable of being received bycommunications interface 3722. Thesesignals 3724 are provided to communications interface via achannel 3726. Thischannel 3726 carriessignals 3724 and can be implemented using wire or cable, fiber optics, a phone line, a cellular phone link, an RF link and other communications channels. In the assay apparatus of the present invention, one example ofchannel 3726 iselectrical connection 2902 that carriessignal 3724 offluorescence 2918 tocomputer 2914. - In this document, the terms “computer program medium” and “computer usable medium” are used to generally refer to media such as removable storage device,3716 and 3718, a hard disk installed in
hard disk drive 3712, and signals 3724. These computer program products are means for providing software tocomputer system 3702. - Computer programs (also called computer control logic) are stored in
main memory 3708 and/orsecondary memory 3710. Computer programs can also be received viacommunications interface 3722. Such computer programs, when executed, enable thecomputer system 3702 to perform the features of the present invention as discussed herein. In particular, the computer programs, when executed, enable theprocessor 3704 to perform the features of the present invention. Accordingly, such computer programs represent controllers of thecomputer system 3702. - In an embodiment where the invention is implemented using software, the software may be stored in a computer program product and loaded into
computer system 3702 usingremovable storage drive 3714,hard drive 3712 orcommunications interface 3722. The control logic (software), when executed by theprocessor 3704, causes theprocessor 3704 to perform the functions of the invention as described herein. - In another embodiment, the invention is implemented primarily in hardware using, for example, hardware components such as application specific integrated circuits (ASICs). Implementation of the hardware state machine so as to perform the functions described herein will be apparent to persons skilled in the relevant art(s).
- In yet another embodiment, the invention is implemented using a combination of both hardware and software.
- Having now generally described the invention, the same will become more readily understood by reference to the following specific examples which are included herein for purposes of illustration only and are not intended to be limiting unless otherwise specified.
- Using the computer controlled process DirectedDiversity® (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,463,564), scientists at 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. have generated a combinatorial library of compounds directed at the active site of human α-thrombin. Approximately 400 compounds were synthesized and assayed by a conventional spectrophotometric kinetic assay in which succinyl-Ala-Ala-Pro-Arg-p-nitroanilide (Bachem, King of Prussia, Pa.) served as substrate. Five of these compounds, which are characterized by Ki's that span almost four orders of magnitude in binding affinity, were used to test the range and limits of detection of the thermal shift assay. These five proprietary compounds are listed in Table 3, along with the Ki for each respective compound, as measured by the kinetic assay (last column). Ki's for these compounds ranged from 7.7 nM for 3dp-4026 to 20.0 μM for 3dp-3811.
- A stock human α-thrombin solution (1.56 mg/mL) from Enzyme Research Labs was first diluted to 0.5 mg/mL (11 μM) with 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl (assay buffer, unless mentioned otherwise), and stored on ice. The five ligands (recrystallized solids characterized by mass spectrometry and NMR) were accurately weighed out to be 1.5 to 2.0 mg and dissolved in 1.0 mL of 100% DMSO so that the concentration was between 1.8 and 3.8 mM. A 96 well V-bottom Costar microplate was then set up such that 100 μL of the 11 μM human α-thrombin solution was pipetted into wells A1 through A6. This was followed by the addition of 2 μL of 3dp-3811 into well A2, 2 μL of 3dp-3959 into well A3, 2 μL of 3dp-4077 into well A4, 2 μL of 3dp-4076 into well A5, 2 μL of 3dp-4026 into well A6, and 2 μL of 100% DMSO into control well A1. The contents were mixed by repeated uptake and discharge using a 100 μL pipette tip. Finally, one drop of mineral oil (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.) was added on top of the wells to reduce evaporation of samples at elevated temperatures. The microplate was then placed on
heating block 4 of a RoboCycler Gradient 96 Temperature Cycler (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.), set at 25° C., for 1 minute. The plate was then placed into a SPECTRAmax™ 250 spectrophotometer (set to 30° C.) and the absorbance at 350 nm was measured for each sample. This reading served as the blank or reference from which all the other readings at higher temperatures were compared. The assay was initiated by settingheating block 1 to 38° C., programming the temperature cycler to move the microplate toheating block 1, and keeping the microplate there for 3 minutes. Following the equilibration at 38° C., the plate was moved to the 25° C. block (Block 4) for 30 seconds, inserted in the spectrophotometer, and absorbance was read at 350 nm. The microplate was then put back into the temperature cycler and was moved toheating block 2, which had been pre-equilibrated at 40° C. After 3 minutes at 40° C., the plate was returned to 25° C. (on block 4) for 30 seconds, and was returned to the spectrophotometer for a measurement of absorbance at 350 nm. This process was repeated 18 more times until the temperature had been raised to 76° C. in 2° C. increments. After subtraction of the blank absorbance (A350 at 25° C.), turbidity, reflected in the absorbance value, was plotted as a function of temperature. The thermal denaturation curves for this experiment are shown in FIG. 1. - The control (in well A1), which contained only 11 μM human α-thrombin in 2% DMSO, was found to undergo a thermal denaturation transition starting at ˜50° C., as reflected in the large increase in A350. The midpoint in this transition was observed to be ˜55° C. This result was consistent with differential scanning calorimetric measurements for
bovine prothrombin 1, which revealed a denaturation transition at Tm=58° C. (Lentz, B. R. et al., Biochemistry 33:5460-5468 (1994)). The thermal denaturation curves for all of the tested inhibitor compounds displayed a shift in the transition towards higher temperatures. 3dp-4026 showed the largest shift in Tm:˜9° C. This result is consistent with the fact that, among the compounds tested, 3dp-4026 exhibited the greatest binding affinity, as judged by kinetic measurements with succinyl-Ala-Ala-Pro-Arg-p-nitroanilide as substrate. Indeed, the rank order of shifts in Tm, shown in FIG. 1, paralleled the order of binding affinity as measured by conventional enzymology. These results indicate that by simply observing the shift in Tm for a series of compounds relative to the control, one can easily and correctly rank a series of compounds in increasing order of binding affinity to the protein of interest. - It was possible to take the microplate thermal shift assay one step further and estimate the binding affinity of each ligand at Tm. This was done by substituting T0, Tm, ΔHu and ΔCpu into equation (1). If ΔHu and ΔCpu cannot be measured because a calorimetric device is not available, one can make educated guesses at ΔHu and ΔCpu for the therapeutic target. In the case of human α-thrombin, it was possible to use ΔHu=200.0 kcal/mol, a value measured for the closely related protein bovine prothrombin 1 (Lentz, B. R. et al., Biochemistry 33:5460-5468 (1994)). A value of ΔCpu=2.0 kcal/mol-° K was used to calculate KL at Tm since similar proteins of this size have been shown to yield similar values. The binding affinities at Tm of the five test ligands closely paralleled the Ki's measured with a spectrophotometric substrate (Table 3).
TABLE 3 Microplate Thermal Shift Assay for Ligands Binding to the Active Site of Human α-thrombin. Turbidity as an Experimental Signal. Kd at Kd at Ki Protein/ [Ligand] Tm ΔTm Tm a 310° Kb (310° K)c Ligand (μM) (° K) (° K) (nM) (nM) (nM) Thrombin none 327.15 0.0 (TH) TH/3dp- 37 328.15 1.0 14400 5880 2000 3811 TH/3dp- 76 332.15 5.0 660 224 250 3959 TH/3dp- 48 333.15 6.0 160 51.7 46 4077 TH/3dp- 60 334.15 7.0 76.3 23.6 26 4076 TH/3dp- 67 336.15 9.0 12.3 3.5 7.7 4026 - Assays for ligands that bind to the heparin binding site of human α-thrombin are more difficult to perform than assays for ligands that bind to the active site of human α-thrombin. At the heparin binding site, no substrate is hydrolyzed, so no spectrophotometric signal can be amplified for instrumental detection. Heparin activity is usually estimated in biological clotting time assays. Alternatively, heparin binding affinity for human α-thrombin can be determined by laboriously conducting 15 to 20 single point assays, in which the concentration of low MW heparin is varied over two logs, and monitoring the quenching of the fluorescent probe, p-aminobenzamidine, bound to the active site of human α-thrombin (Olson, S. T. et al.,J. Biol. Chem. 266:6342-6352 (1991)). Thus, heparin binding to human α-thrombin represents the kind of challenge encountered with the vast majority of non-enzyme receptor/ligand binding events, which are commonly observed for hormone/receptor interactions, repressor/DNA interactions, neurotransmitter/receptor interactions, etc. Several heparin-like sulfated oligosaccharides and sulfated naphthalene compounds were assayed by the microplate thermal shift assay. Using the thermal shift assay, it was possible to use a single compound per well to quickly rank the compounds in order of increasing binding affinity, with Kd's ranging over three orders of magnitude (see Table 4). Like the experiment in Example 1, the thermal shift assay results agreed closely with the results obtained through an alternative method, which required a series of laborious (15 to 20 single determinations) fluorescence quench assays over a wide range of concentrations of low MW heparin (Olson, S. T. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266:6342-6352 (1991)). These results confirm that by simply observing the shift in Tm for a series of compounds, relative to the control, one can easily and correctly rank a series of compounds in increasing order of binding affinity for the protein of interest.
- A search of the literature did not locate alternatively measured binding results for the other ligands, which may attest to the difficulty of these experiments. However, the literature did reveal that pentosan polysulfate (PSO4) (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.), dextran SO4 (Sigma, St. Louis Mo.), and suramin (CalBiochem, LaJolla, Calif.) have been observed to have anticoagulant properties. Indeed, pentosan polysulfate and suramin were tested previously in clinical trials for anti-angiogenic activity, but were discounted due to toxic effects, many of which were described as coagulation anomalies (Pluda, J. M. et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 85:1585-1592 (1993); Stein, C. A., Cancer Res. 53:2239-2249 (1993)). The affinities of pentosan PSO4 and suramin at Tm, as measured by the thermal shift assay, were found to be 7-fold and 5700-fold higher, respectively, than the affinity of heparin 5000 (Table 4). These results suggested that these ligands may alter clotting rates by interfering with the heparin mediated binding of human α-thrombin to anti-thrombin III (AT III), a protein co-factor for human α-thrombin activity.
- The results in Table 4 revealed another advantage of the microplate thermal shift assay for screening compound libraries: the process is blind and unbiased in the sense that it detects ligand binding regardless of whether it is at the active site, an allosteric cofactor binding site, or at a protein subunit interface. The ability to detect ligands that bind with high affinity to sites outside an enzyme's active site will greatly facilitate discovery of lead molecules.
TABLE 4 Microplate Thermal Shift Assay for Ligands Binding to the Heparin Binding Site of Human α-thrombin. Turbidity as an Experimental Signal. Kd at Ki 298° Kb (289° K) Kd at (nM) (nM) Protein/ [Ligand] Tm ΔTm Tm a Ob- Litera- Ligand (μM) (° K) (° K) (nM) served ture Throm- none 329.15 0.0 bin (TH) TH/ 61 329.65 0.5 38,300 7,570 — Heparan SO4 TH/ 50 330.15 1.0 19,700 3,810 — Heparin 3000 TH/ 44 330.15 1.0 17,200 3,490 5,400c Heparin 5000 TH/ 40 332.15 3.0 2,425 427 — Pento- san PSO4 TH/ 48 336.15 7.0 68.8 10.1 — Dextran SO4 TH/ 102 340.15 11.0 3.02 0.37 — Suramin #mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl (3-fold dilution). All ligands were dissolved in the same buffer. - The second therapeutic receptor tested in the microplate thermal shift assay was acidic fibroblast growth factor (aFGF), a growth factor that plays a key role in angiogenesis (Folkman, J. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267:10931-10934 (1992)). A synthetic gene for this protein was purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.), and was cloned and expressed inE. coli using methods similar to those described for basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) (Thompson, L. D. et al., Biochemistry 33:3831-3840 (1994); Pantoliano, M. W. et al., Biochemistry 33:10229-10248 (1994); Springer, B. A. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:26879-26884 (1994)). Recombinant aFGF was then purified by heparin-sepharose affinity chromatography as described (Thompson, L. D. et al., Biochemistry 33:3831-3840 (1994)). aFGF is also known to bind heparin/heparan, which is a cofactor for mitogenic activity. Heparin-like molecules, such as pentosan PSO4 and suramin, inhibit the growth factor's biological activity. A microplate thermal assay of these compounds was set up in a way similar to that described above for human α-thrombin. The change in turbidity, as a function of temperature, for each of the ligands suramin,
heparin 5000, and pentosan PSO4, is shown in FIG. 2. The results are summarized in Table 5. The affinity constants covered a fairly broad range of binding affinities, with pentosan PSO4 showing the highest affinity. The order of ligand binding affinity of pentosan PSO4,heparin 5000 and suramin paralleled that found for bFGF, as measured using isothermal titrating calorimetry (Pantoliano, M. W. et al., Biochemistry 33:10229-10248 (1994)). The lack of alternatively measured binding affinities for these compounds probably attests to the difficulty of making these measurements using assays which do not monitor physical, temperature-dependent changes. - The results in Table 5 are consistent with the results in Tables 3 and 4. Simply observing the shift in Tm for a series of compounds relative to the control, one can easily and correctly rank a series of compounds in increasing order of binding affinity to the protein of interest.
TABLE 5 Microplate Thermal Shift Assay for Ligands Binding to aFGF. Turbidity as an Experimental Signal. Kd at Ki 298° Kb (298° K)c Protein/ [Ligand] Tm ΔTm Kd at Tm a (nM) (nM) Ligand (μM) (° K) (° K) (nM) Observed Literature aFGF none 317.15 0.0 aFGF/ EEEEE 50 317.15 0.0 >50,000 — aFGF/Dermatan SO4 50 318.15 1.0 37,000 12,700 — aFGF/EEEEEEEE 50 322.15 5.0 10,076 3,040 — aFGF/β-CD 14 SO4 47 329.15 12.0 1055 213 1500 aFGF/ suramin 200 330.15 13.0 3220 622 aFGF/ Heparin 500050 331.15 14.0 576 106 470 aFGF/Heparan SO4 61 333.15 16.0 357 60 — aFGF /Pentosan PSO 4100 336.15 19.0 208 31 88 #Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl. All ligands were dissolved in the same buffer. - The microplate thermal shift assay was used to assess ligands for binding to the heparin binding site of basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF). The gene for bFGF was purchased from R&D Systems and was cloned and expressed inE. coli as previously described (Thompson, L. D. et al., Biochemistry 33:3831-3840 (1994); Pantoliano, M. W. et al., Biochemistry 33:10229-10248 (1994);. Springer, B. A. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:26879-26884 (1994)). It was found that pentosan PSO4 and suramin bound to bFGF with binding affinities of 55 μM and 3.5 μM, respectively. This result for PSO4 compared very well with the affinity of 88 nM observed for PSO4 binding to bFGF, as determined by isothermal titrating calorimetry.
- Because fluorescence measurements are more sensitive than absorbance measurements, a fluorescence thermal shift assay was used to assess ligand binding to human α-thrombin. The fluorescence emission spectra of many fluorophores are sensitive to the polarity of their surrounding environment and therefore are effective probes of phase transitions for proteins (i.e., from the native to the unfolded phase). The most studied example of these environment dependent fluorophores is 8-anilinonaphthalene-1-sulfonate (1,8-ANS), for which it has been observed that the emission spectrum shifts to shorter wavelengths (blue shifts) as the solvent polarity decreases. These blue shifts are usually accompanied by an increase in the fluorescence quantum yield of the fluorophore. In the case of ANS, the quantum yield is 0.002 in water and increases to 0.4 when ANS is bound to serum albumin.
- ANS was used as a fluorescence probe molecule to monitor protein denaturation. In the fluorescence assay, the final concentration of human α-thrombin was 0.5 μM, which is 20-fold more dilute than the concentrations used in the turbidity assays. This concentration of human α-thrombin is in the range used for the kinetic screening assays.
- ANS was excited with light at a wavelength of 360 nm. The fluorescence emission was measured at 460 nm using a CytoFluor II fluorescence microplate reader (PerSeptive Biosystems, Framingham, Mass.). The temperature was ramped up as described above for the turbidity assays (see Example 1). The plot of fluorescence as a function of temperature is shown in FIG. 3 for human α-thrombin alone, and for the 3dp-4026/human α-thrombin complex. The denaturation transition for human α-thrombin was clearly observed at 57° C., a temperature which is only slightly higher than that observed in the turbidity experiment. The result from the fluorescence assay is, nonetheless, in close agreement with the Tm of 58° C. observed for
prothrombin 1 from differential scanning calorimetry experiments. Importantly, 3dp-4026 (at 67 μM) was found to shift the denaturation transition to ˜66° C. to give a shift in Tm of 9° C., which is identical to that found using turbidity as the detection signal (Table 3). - The results in FIG. 3 and Table 4 illustrate several important points. First, at least a 20-fold increase in sensitivity can be gained by switching from an absorbance to a fluorescence emission detection system. This can be critical for those receptor proteins for which supplies are limited.
- Second, in the fluorescence assays, the denaturation transition signal is much cleaner than the signal in the turbidity assays. In the turbidity assays, higher concentrations of protein led to precipitation of denatured protein. Precipitated protein contributed to the noisy signal.
- Third, shifts in Tm measurements from the microplate thermal shift assays are reproducible from one detection system to another.
- The microplate thermal-shift assay was employed to test the binding of
heparin 5000 and pentosan PSO4 to the known heparin binding site in the D(II) domain of fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1). D(II) FGFR1 is a 124 residue domain which is responsible for most of the free energy of binding for bFGF. D(II) FGFR1 was cloned and expressed in E. coli. Recombinant D(II) FGFR1 was renatured from inclusion bodies essentially as described (Wetmore, D. R. et al., Proc. Soc. Mtg., San Diego, Calif. (1994)), except that a hexa-histidine tag was included at the N-terminus to facilitate recovery by affinity chromatography on a Ni2+ chelate column (Janknecht, R. et al., Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:8972-8976 (1991)). D(II) FGFR1 was further purified on a heparin-sepharose column (Kan, M. et al., Science 259:1918-1921 (1993); Pantoliano, M. W. et al., Biochemistry 33:10229-10248 (1994)). Purity was>95%, as judged by SDS-PAGE. The D(II) FGFR1 protein was concentrated to 12 mg/mL (˜1 mM) and stored at 4° C. - The D(II) FGFR1 protein was dissolved in an ANS solution to a concentration of 1.0 mg/mL (70 AM). The quantum yield for ANS bound to the denatured form of D(II) FGFR1 was lower than the quantum yield for ANS bound to human α-thrombin. Because ANS fluorescence is very environment dependent (see Lakowicz, I. R., Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Plenum Press, New York (1983)), the quantum yield observed for the denaturation of different proteins will vary. For D(II) FGFR1, the signal for the turbidity version of the assay, however, was nearly undetectable. Despite the decreased sensitivity for D(II) FGFR1, ANS rescued this system for the microplate assay. A similar result was obtained for Factor Xa, except that the fluorescence quantum yield for ANS bound to denatured Factor Xa was almost as good as it was for human α-thrombin. It was found that the fluorescence quantum yield for ANS bound to denatured bFGF was as high as the quantum yield for ANS binding to human α-thrombin.
- The results of D(II) FGFR1 binding experiments, as determined by the microplate thermal shift assay, are shown in FIG. 4 and Table 6. As was previously demonstrated for all of the other receptor proteins described above, the microplate thermal shift assay facilitated the ranking of ligand binding affinities for D(II) FGFR1.
TABLE 6 Microplate Thermal Shift Assay for Ligands Binding to D(II) FGFR1. Fluorescence Emission as an Experimental Signal. Kd at Kd 298° Kb (298° K)c Protein/ [Ligand] Tm ΔTm Kd at Tm a (μM) (μM) Ligand (μM) (° K) (° K) (μM) Observed Literature D(II) FGFR1 none 312.8 0.0 D(II) FGFR1/ 150 317.9 5.1 30.0 13.6 85.3 Heparin 5000 D(II) FGFR1/ 156 319.4 6.6 19.1 4.9 10.9 Pentosan PSO4 - In order to further demonstrate the cross target utility of the microplate thermal shift assay, another enzyme, Factor D, was tested for its ability to undergo thermal unfolding transitions. Factor D is an essential serine protease involved in the activation of the alternative pathway of the complement system, the major effector system of the host defense against invading pathogens. Factor D was purified from the urine of a patient with Fanconi's syndrome (Narayana et al.,J. Mol. Biol. 235:695-708 (1994)) and diluted to 4 μM in assay buffer (50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl). The assay volume was 10 μL and the concentration of 1,8-ANS was 100 μM. The experiment was carried out using 15 μL round bottom dimple plates (an 8×12 well array). The protein was heated in two degree increments between 42° C. to 62° C., using a Robocycler™ temperature cycler. After each heating step, and prior to fluorescence scanning using the CytoFluor II™ fluorescence plate reader the sample was cooled to 25° C. (see Example 1). The non-linear least squares curve fitting and other data analysis were performed as described for FIG. 3. The results of the microplate thermal shift assay of Factor D is shown in FIG. 5 and reveal a thermal unfolding transition that occurs near 324 K (51° C.) for the unliganded form of the protein. No reversible ligands of significant affinity are known for Factor D. The results in FIG. 5 show that the microplate thermal shift assay can be used to screen a library of compounds for Factor D ligands. The results in FIG. 5 also show that the microplate thermal shift assay is generally applicable to any target molecule.
- Human Factor Xa, a key enzyme in the blood clotting coagulation pathway, was chosen as yet another test of the cross target utility of the microplate thermal shift assay. Factor Xa was purchased from Enzyme research Labs (South Bend, Ind.) and diluted to 1.4 μM in assay buffer (50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl). The assay volume was 100 μL and the concentration of 1,8-ANS was 100 μM. The protein was heated in two degree increments between 50° C. to 80° C. using a Robocycler™ temperature cycler. After each heating step, prior to fluorescence scanning using the CytoFluorII™ fluorescence plate reader, the sample was cooled to 25° C. (see Example 1). The results of a microplate thermal shift assay of Factor Xa is shown in FIG. 6. A thermal unfolding transition was observed at 338K (65° C.). Data analysis was described as described for FIG. 3. The results in FIG. 6 show that the microplate thermal shift assay of protein stability is generally applicable to any target molecule.
- A miniaturized form of the microplate thermal shift assay was developed to minimize the amount of valuable therapeutic protein and ligands required for the assay. In the first attempt at decreasing the assay volume, the assay volume was decreased from 100 μL to 50 μL without adversely affecting the fluorescent signal. When the assay volume was reduced further by a factor of ten, to 5 μL, favorable results were obtained for human α-thrombin. As shown in FIG. 7, the human α-thrombin unfolding transition could be easily observed at its usual Tm. More importantly, an active site inhibitor was observed to shift the Tm of the unfolding transition by 8.3° K to yield an estimate of the Kd of 15 nM at the Tm. The Ka at Tm was calculated using the relationship:
- where
- KL T m =Ka at Tm (ligand associate constant at Tm)
- Tm=332.2° K (midpoint of the unfolding transition in the absence of a ligand)
- T0=323.9° K
- Hu=200.0 kcal/mol (enthalpy of unfolding for pre thrombin observed by Lentz et al., 1994)
- C=2.0 kcal/mol (estimated change in heat capacity of unfolding for human α-thrombin)
-
- The Kd at temperatures near 25 or 37° C. will be of higher affinity if the enthalpy of binding, ΔHb, is negative for this ligand. Using a spectrophotometric assay, an apparent Ki of approximately 8 nM was observed at 37° C. (310° K).
- The measurements shown in FIG. 7 were obtained using the CytoFluor II fluorescence plate reader (PerSeptive Biosystems, Framingham, Mass.). In the experiment, the excitation wavelength of light was 360 nm and the emission was measured at 460 nm. The microplates employed for this miniaturized assay were either the conventional polycarbonate V-bottom 96 well plate (Stratagene, or Costar) or polycarbonate plates that contain 15 μL dimples in an 8×12 array (Costar plate lids). In the reaction, the concentration of human α-thrombin was μM in assay buffer (50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl). The assay volume was 5 μL and the concentration of 1,8-ANS was 100 μM. The protein was heated in two degree increments between 44° C. to 64° C. using a Robocycler™ temperature cycler. After each heating step, and prior to fluorescence scanning using the CytoFluor II™ fluorescence plate reader the sample was cooled to 25° C. for 30 seconds (see Example 1). The non-linear least squares curve fitting and other data analysis were performed as described for FIG. 3.
- Recombinant D(II) FGFR1 was purified from inclusion bodies and purified by affinity chromatography on heparin sepharose. A stock solution of D(II) FGFR1 (15 mg/mL; 1.1 mM) was diluted to 50 μM in assay buffer (50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl). The assay volume was 10 μL and the concentration of 1,8-ANS was 250 μM. The unfolding transition in the absence of ligands was found to be about 312 K (39° C.) as shown in FIG. 8. In the presence of the heparin mimic aprosulate (300 uM), the unfoding transition was observed to increase by about 8 K to about 320 K. Using this temperature midpoint Tm, it is possible to estimate the binding affinity of aprosulate to D(II)FGFR1 to be about 18 μM at the Tm (Table 6). These results demonstrate the ability of the microplate thermal shift assay to estimate ligand binding affinity to a non-enzyme target molecule.
- Another target molecule analyzed was human urokinase-type plasminogen activator (u-PA). U-PA enzymatically converts plasminogen into the active protease plasmin. U-PA is involved in tissue remodeling, cellular migration and metastases. The gene for u-PA was obtained from ATCC (Rockville, Md.) and modified to appropriately express active enzyme inE. coli. u-PA was cloned, overexpressed in E. coli, and purified using procedures similar to those described by Winkler et al. (Biochemistry 25:4041-4045 (1986)). The last step of u-PA purification was performed in the presence of the active site inhibitor glu-gly-arg-chloromethylketone (CMK) and hence the u-PA utilized for this experiment was the CMK-u-PA complex. The experiment was performed in the miniaturized format in 5 μL well volume. One μL of concentrated CMK-u-PA (13 g/L, 371.4 μM) was added to 4 μL of 62.5 mM MOPS,
pH 7, 125 mM NaCl, and 250μM 1,8-ANS, in multiple wells of a 96-well polycarbonate V-bottom microtiter plate. A thermal denaturation curve was generated as previously described for thrombin, aFGF, D(II)FGFR1, Factor D, and Factor Xa, by incremental heating of the microplate followed by a fluorescence reading after each temperature increase. Analysis and non-linear least squares fitting of the data for this experiment show that the Tm for CMK-u-PA under these conditions is 81° C., which is considerably higher than that seen for thrombin, aFGF, D(II)FGFR1, Factor D, and Factor Xa (55, 44, 40, 51, 55, and 65° C., respectively). This experiment demonstrates the utility of the current invention in determining the Tm for relatively thermostable proteins or proteins stabilized by the high affinity binding of ligand(s) and further demonstrates the ability to perform such an experiment in a miniaturized format. - A stock thrombin solution was diluted to 1 μM in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl and 100
μM 1,8-ANS. An electronic multi-channel pipettor was used to dispense either 2 μL or 5 μL of diluted thrombin solution into wells of a 96-well polycarbonate microtiter plat. The plate was subjected to 3 minutes of heating in a thermal block capable of establishing a temperature gradient across the microplate, followed by 30 seconds cooling to 25 ° C., and subsequent reading in the CytoFluor II fluorescence plate reader. Data were analyzed by non-linear least squares fitting and plotted as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11. Each curve represents a replicate experiment. Standard deviations for Tm determinations were very good for experiments utilizing either 5 μL or 2 μL volumes (+/−1.73 and +/−0.90 K, respectively), demonstrating the ability of the current invention to operate at very low volumes. In fact, the volume which one could employ in the current invention seems to be limited only by the technology available to dispense small volumes accurately. - The assay volume was reduced to 2 μL, as shown for human α-thrombin (1.0 μM) in FIG. 11. Reproducible pipetting of 2 μL in a 96 well array requires the employment of specialized pipetting tools such as the multi-channel pipettor available from Matrix Technologies Corp. (Lowell, Mass.) which has ±2.0% or 0.15 μL precision and ±2.5% or 0.15 μL accuracy for volumes 0.5 to 12.5 μL.
- Results of a single temperature assay are shown in FIG. 12. The compounds 3DP-3811, 3DP-3959, 3DP-4076, and 3DP-4660 bind to the active site of human α-thrombin. The Ki's (enzymatically determined) of these four compounds for human α-thrombin are of 20,000 nM, 250 nM, 25nM, and 8 nM, respectively. Each of these four compounds were equilibrated with human α-thrombin in separate 5 μl assay volumes in a 96 well plate. The final ligand concentration was 50 μM.
- For the ligands that bind to human α-thrombin with higher affinity, low levels of fluorescence emission were observed, relative to the control reaction (human α-thrombin alone) at 55° C. The result for the sample containing the weakly binding ligand 3DP-3811 was little different from the result obtained for the control sample. The decrease in fluorescence emission for 3DP-4076 was not as large as expected, given its high affinity (Ki of 25 nM) for human α-thrombin. This result could be due in part to the lower solubility of chloride salts of this compound.
- The data in FIG. 12 clearly demonstrate the utility of the single temperature embodiment of the microplate thermal shift assay for quickly identifying ligands with binding affinities (Kd's) of 250 nM or better when the ligand concentration is 50 μM.
- The intrinsic Trp fluorescence of human α-thrombin was assayed in a microplate thermal shift assay. 100 μL samples contained 2 μM human α-thrombin. The samples were exposed to light from a Xenon-Arc lamp at 280 nm. Emission was detected at 350 nm using the BioLumin 960 (Molecular Dynamics). Temperature cycling, between 44° C. and 66° C., was performed as described in previous examples. The results of the assay are shown in FIGS. 13 and 14. A small increase in fluorescence emission was observed at 350 nm with increasing temperature. However, this increase in fluorescence emission was barely detectable above the level of fluorescence in the blank wells that contained no protein (FIG. 13). Subtracting an average blank improved the signal to noise ratio (FIG. 14), but the observed unfolding transition was different from that typically observed in assays employing 1,8-ANS. In contrast to the transition observed using 1,8-ANS, the transition in FIG. 14 appears broader and has a midpoint temperature Tm at 334.4±5.1° K, some five degrees higher than the Tm observed for human α-thrombin in assays performed with 1,8-ANS.
- As previously demonstrated, the thermal shift assay can be used for the screening of ligands for binding to single sites on target proteins. In light of the underlying physical principles upon which the microplate thermal shift assay is based, the near additivity of the free energy of ligand binding and protein unfolding, it is possible to employ the microplate thermal shift assay for analyzing multi-ligand binding interactions with a target protein. If the free energy of binding of different ligands binding to the same protein are nearly additive, then one can analyze multi-ligand binding systems, whether the ligands bind in a cooperative (positive) fashion or a non-cooperative (negative) fashion.
- Multiple ligand binding to human α-thrombin was assayed in a microplate thermal shift assay. Human α-thrombin it has at least four different ligand binding sites: (1) the catalytic binding site; (2) the fibrin binding site (exosite I); (3) the heparin binding site (exosite II); and (4) the Na+ binding site, located ˜15Å from the catalytic site. First, independent binding of three individual ligands was assayed: 3DP-4660, Hirugen (hirudin 53-64) (Bachem), and heparin 5000 (CalBiochem). These ligands bind to the catalytic site, the fibrin binding site and the heparin binding site, respectively.
- A stock thrombin solution was diluted to 1 μM in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl, 1 mM CaCl2, and 100
μM 1,8-ANS. Each thrombin ligand was included singly and in various combinations to 1 μM thrombin solutions at final concentrations of 50 μM each, except forheparin 5000, which was 200 μM. 100 μL of thrombin or thrombin/ligand(s) solution was dispensed into wells of a 96-well V-bottom polycarbonate microtiter plate. The plate was subjected to 3 minutes of heating in a thermal block capable of establishing a temperature gradient across the microplate, followed by 30 seconds cooling at 25° C., and subsequent reading in a fluorescence plate reader. Data were analyzed by non-linear least squares fitting. - The results of these individual binding reactions are shown in FIGS. 15 and 16. The rank order of binding affinity was 3DP-4660>Hirugen>
heparin 5000, corresponding to Kd values of 15 nM, 185 nM and 3434 nM, respectively, for the ligands binding at each Tm (see Equation (4)). - The results reveal thermal unfolding shifts that are slightly smaller than would be expected if the free energies of binding were fully additive. For example, Hirugen alone displays a ΔTm of 5.8° C., and 3DP-4660 alone displays a ΔTm of 7.7° C. In combination, however, Hirugen and 3DP-4660 display a ΔTm of 12.2° C. This result means that the binding affinity of one or both ligands is diminished when both ligands are bound, and is an example of negative cooperativity in binding between the fibrin and catalytic binding sites. Such a negatively cooperative effect is consistent with the human α-thrombin literature, in which the kinetics of hydrolysis of various chromogenic substrates were found to depend upon ligands binding to exosite I. Indeed, a 60% decrease in Km for the hydrolysis of D-phenylalanylpipecolyl arginyl-p-nitroanilide was observed when Hirugen was present (Dennis et al., Eur. J Biochem. 188:61-66 (1990)). Moreover, there is also structural evidence for cooperativity between the catalytic site and exosite I. A comparison of the isomorphous structures of human α-thrombin bound to PPACK (a human α-thrombin catalytic site inhibitor) and Hirugen revealed conformational changes that occur at the active site as a result of Hirugen binding at the exosite I (Vijayalakshmi et al., Protein Science 3:2254-2271 (1994)). Thus, in the microplate thermal shift assay, the apparent cooperativity observed between the catalytic center and the exosite I is consistent with functional and structural data in the literature.
- Similarly, when the binding of all three ligands was assayed, a ΔTm of 12.9° C. was observed (FIG. 16). If the free energies of binding were fully additive, one would expect to observe a ΔTm of 17.7 ° C. The observed result means that further negative cooperativity occurs via ligand binding at all three protein binding sites. This result is consistent with the literature. In a ternary complex with heparin and fibrin monomer, human α-thrombin has decreased activity toward tri-peptide chromogenic substrates and pro-thrombin (Hogg & Jackson, J. Biol. Chem. 265:248-255 (1990)), and markedly reduced reactivity with anti-thrombin (Hogg& Jackson, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3619-3623 (1989)). Also, recent observations indicate that ternary complexes also form in plasma and markedly compromise heparin anticoagulant activity (Hotchkiss et al., Blood 84:498-503 (1994)). A summary of these multi-ligand binding results is shown in Table 7.
- The results in FIG. 15, FIG. 16, Table 7 illustrate the following advantages of using the microplate thermal shift assay to perform multi-variable analyses. First, the same microplate thermal shift assay can be used to simultaneously detect the binding of multiple ligands at multiple binding sites in a target protein. Second, the microplate thermal shift assay can be used to detect the same ligand binding to two or more sites in a therapeutic target. Third, the microplate thermal shift assay affords the detection of cooperativity in ligand binding. Information about ligand binding cooperativity can be collected and analyzed very quickly. Thus, multi-ligand binding experiments that would take months to perform using alternative technologies take only hours to perform using the microplate thermal shift assay.
TABLE 7 Microplate thermal shift assay for Ligands Binding to the Active Site, Exosite, and Heparin Binding Site of Human α-thrombin [Ligand] Tm Δ Tm Kd at Tm a Kd at 298°b Protein/Ligand (μM) (° K) (° K) (nM) (nM) Thrombin (TH) none 323.75 0.0 TH/ Heparin 5000200 327.95 4.2 3434 470 TH/ Hirudin 50 329.52 5.8 185 23 53-65 TH/3dp-4660 50 331.40 7.7 29 3 TH/ Heparin 5000200 327.95 TH/Hep./Hir. 50 330.57 2.6 4254 478 TH/ Heparin 5000200 327.95 TH/ Hep.3dp 466050 333.20 5.3 350 32 TH/ Hirudin 50 329.52 53-65 TH/Hir./Hep. 200 330.57 1.1 75422 8467 TH/ Hirudin 50 329.52 53-65 TH/Hir.3dp-4660 50 335.97 6.5 117 9 TH/3dp-4660 50 331.40 TH/3dp-4660/ Hep 200 333.20 1.8 38205 351 TH/3dp-4660 50 331.40 TH/3dp-4660/Hir. 50 335.97 4.6 731 54 - The microplate thermal shift assay was used, with four different fluorophores, to simultaneously screen the effects of multiple pH values, sodium chloride concentrations, and reduction-oxidation compounds on human α-thrombin stability. Thrombin solution was diluted to 1 μM in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, NaCl at either 0.1 M or 0.5 M, 10 mM EDTA, 10 mM CaCl2, 10 mM dithiothreitol, 10 1 mM CaCl2, and 100
μM 1,8-ANS, 10% (v/v) glycerol, or 0.1% (w/v) polyethylene glycol (PEG) 6000. Reaction volume was 100 μL. - The results of these multi-variable experiments are shown in FIGS.17A-D and FIG. 18. FIGS. 17A-D summarize the stability data collected in a single 96 well plate for human α-thrombin. In FIG. 17A, the fluorophore is 1,8-ANS. In FIG. 17B, the fluorophore is 2,6-ANS. In FIG. 17C, the fluorophore is 2,6-TNS. In FIG. 17D, the fluorophore is bis-ANS. The results in FIGS. 17A-D show a pH optimum of about 7.0 and an increase in stability with increasing NaCl concentration. A ΔTm of about 12° C. was observed when the NaCl concentration was increased from 0 to 0.5 M. FIG. 18 shows a stabilizing effect of 10% glycerol and a destabilizing effect of dithiothreitol. From FIGS. 17A-D and 18 is evident that the
flourophores 1,8-ANS and 2,6-TNS are most effective in the microplate thermal shift assay. - The stabilizing effect of NaCl is particularly interesting since there are recent reports in the literature of a weak Na+ binding site (Kd of 30±3 mM in 5 mM Tris buffer pH 8.0, 0.1% PEG, 25 ° C.) approximately 15 Å from the catalytic center of thrombin (Dang et al., Nature Biotechnology 15:146-149 (1997)). Using equation (1), it is possible to estimate the NaCl binding to be ˜6 mM near the Tm (53° C.) in 50 mM Hepes pH 8.0 buffer (zero and 0.10 M NaCl).
- The additional stabilization that occurs at a NaCl concentration of greater than 0.10 M may come from additional Na+ and/or Cl− binding events summed over the entire structure of human α-thrombin. Alternatively, the source of this further stabilization may come from less specific salting out effect that is usually observed at 0.5 to 2 M NaCl and is due to the preferential hydration of proteins induced by salts (Timasheff & Arakawa, In: Protein Structure, A Practical Approach, T. E. Creighton, ed., IRL Press, Oxford, UK (1989), pp. 331-354)). The stabilizing effect of glycerol on proteins has been attributed to a balance between the preferential exclusion of glycerol (i.e. preferential hydration of proteins) and the specific binding to polar regions on the surface of proteins (Timasheff& Arakawa, In: Protein Structure, A Practical Approach, T. E. Creighton, ed., IRL Press, Oxford, UK (1989), pp. 331-354)).
- The microplate thermal shift assay was used to simultaneously screen the effects of multiple biochemical conditions on D(II)
FGF receptor 1 stability. The assays were performed by mixing 1 μL of D(II) FGFR1 (from a 500 μM concentrated stock in 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5) with 4 μL of each biochemical condition in wells of a 96-well polycarbonate microtiter plate. Final protein concentration after mixing was 100 μM and final 1,8-ANS concentration was 200 μM. Biochemical conditions were tested as follows: The pH's tested were 5 (Na acetate), 6 (MES), 7 (MOPS), 8 (HEPES), and 9 (CHES), with final buffer concentrations of 50 mM. - The salt concentrations tested were 0.1 or 0.5 M NaCl. Additives were tested in 50 mM MOPS,
pH 7, 0.1 M NaCl, at final concentrations of 1 mM (EDTA, dithiothreitol), 10 mM (CaCl2, MgCl2, MgSO4, NiSO4), 50 mM (arginine), 100 mM ((NH4)2SO4, LiSO4, Na2SO4, ZnSO4), 5% w/v (polyethylene glycol 6000), and 10% v/v glycerol. - Thermal denaturation profiles were generated as previously described for thrombin, aFGF, Factor D, and Factor Xa, by incremental heating of the microplate followed by a fluorescence reading after each temperature increase. Data were analyzed by non-linear least squares fitting as described previously.
- The results of these multi-variable experiments are shown in FIGS.19-24. As shown in FIG. 19, stability increased with increasing NaCl concentration. A ΔTm of about 5° C. was observed as NaCl concentration was increased from 0.1 to 0.5 M. As shown in FIG. 20, both MgSO4 and arginine stabilized the protein. As shown in FIG. 21, 10% glycerol stabilized the protein. Further, salts of the Hofmeister series such as Li2SO4, Na2SO4, (NH4)2SO4 and Mg2SO4 all had stabilizing effects (FIG. 21). As shown in FIG. 22, dithiothreitol destabililzed the protein. These results are not very different form that of human α-thrombin. As shown in FIG. 23, a pH optimum of about 8.0 was observed. The relative stabilizing effects of EDTA, CaCl2, MgCl2, MgSO4, arginine, (NH4)2SO4, Li2SO4, Na2SO4, glycerol,
polyethylene glycol 6000, and dithiothreitol are shown in FIG. 24. - The microplate thermal shift assay was used to simultaneously screen the effects of multiple biochemical conditions on human urokinase stability. This experiment was performed by mixing 1 μL of urokinase (from a 371 5M concentrated stock in 20 mM Tris pH 8) with 4 μL of each biochemical condition in wells of a 96-well polycarbonate microtiter plate. Final protein concentration after mixing was 74 μM and final 1,8-ANS concentration was 200 μM. Biochemical conditions were tested as follows: The pH's tested were 5 (acetate), 6 (MES), 7 (MOPS), 8 (HEPES), and 9 (CHES) with final buffer concentrations of 50 mM. The salt concentrations tested were 0.1 or 0.5 M NaCl. Glycerol was tested at 10% v/v in 50 mM MOPS,
pH 7, 0.1 M NaCl. - Thermal denaturation profiles were generated as previously described for thrombin, aFGF, Factor D, D(II) FGFR1, and Factor Xa, by incremental heating of the microplate followed by a fluorescence reading after each temperature increase. Data were analyzed by non-linear least squares fitting as described previously.
- The results of these multi-variable experiments are shown in FIG. 25. A pH optimum of about 7.0 was observed. Increasing concentrations of sodium chloride stabilized the protein. 10% glycerol also stabilized the protein. These results are consistent with the results reported in the literature (Timasheff & Arakawa, In:Protein Structure, A Practical Approach, T. E. Creighton, ed., IRL Press, Oxford, UK (1989), pp. 331-354).
- FIGS.17-25 illustrate the advantage of using the microplate thermal shift assay to simultaneously screen for multi-variable biochemical conditions that optimize protein stability. Using the methods and apparatus of the present invention, one can rapidly screen large arrays of biochemical conditions for conditions that influence the stability of proteins. Thus, the present invention can be used to rapidly identify biochemical conditions that optimize protein shelf-life.
- Factorial experiments were performed to identify biochemical conditions that increased the yield of correctly folded His6-D(II)-FGFR1. His6-D(II)-FGFR1 is recombinant D(II)
FGF receptor 1 protein, to which a polyhistidine tag is attached to the N-terminus. The results are summarized in Table 8. When the final guanidinium hydrochloride concentration was 0.38 M, a refolded protein yield of 13.5±0.2% was obtained at pH 8.0 and 0.5 M NaCl. This yield could be increased to 15.5±0.3% if glycerol was present at 7% (v/v). A further increase in His6-D(II)-FGFRI refolding yield to about 18% was observed when the pH was increased to 8.9. In fact, increasing the pH from 8.0 to 8.9 improved the yields in all experiments. These results demonstrate that a pH between 8 and 9, and 7% glycerol, are two important conditions that facilitate D(II)-FGFRI folding. Each of these conditions increased the folded protein yield by about 15 to 20% over the starting conditions at pH 8.0 and 0.5 M NaCl. - Importantly, the effects of pH and glycerol appear to be nearly additive. The increased yield of refolded protein at pH 8.9 and 7% glycerol was found to be 17.8%, 32% higher than the yield obtained at a pH 8.0 and 0.5 M NaCl (13.5±0.2% yield). The near additivity of refolding determinants has important consequences since it suggests that the small individual free energy components that comprise the overall free energy of folding can be incrementally combined to optimize the yield of folded protein.
TABLE 8 Factorial Experiment to Optimize the Protein Folding Yield for Immobilized His6D(II)-FGFRl at a final Gdn-HCl concentration of 0.38 Ma 7% Glycerol/ 500 mM NaCl 50 mM NaCl 50 mM NaCl pH 8.0 13.3%b 9.3% 15.1% pH 8.0 13.6% 9.4% 15.8% pH 8.9 16.1% 13.5% 17.8% pH 8.9 10.3% 17.8% - Results of a second round of refolding experiments at a final Gdn-HCl concentration of 0.09 M revealed that the Gdn-HCl is an even more important factor affecting the folding of His6-D(II)FGFR1 (Table 9). At pH 8.0 and 0.5 M NaCl, decreasing the Gdn-HCl concentration to 0.09 M doubled the refolded protein yield, relative to the yield obtained at pH 8.0, 0.5 M NaCl, and 0.38 M Gdn-HCl (Table 9). In accordance with the results obtained at a Gdn-HCl concentration of 0.38 M, the yield of refolded His6-D(II)-FGFR1 in 0.09 M Gdn-HCl was also increased in the presence of glycerol. These results suggest that the improved yield of refolded His6D(II)-FGFR1 in glycerol (5 to 10%) and lower Gdn-HCl concentration are additive. Further, the results in Table 9 reveal that the Hofmeister salt Na2SO4 increases the yield of refolded protein almost as well as 5 to 10 % glycerol.
TABLE 9 Factorial Experiment to Optimize the Protein Folding Yield for Immobilized His6 D(II)-FGFR1. Final Gdn-HCl of 0.09 Ma 5% 10 % Glycerol Glycerol 500 mM 50 mM 50 mM 50 mM 100 mM 300 mM NaCl NaCl NaCl NaCl Na2SO4 Na2SO4 pH 25.6%b 29.7% 36.5% 35.6% 32.2% 33.4% 8.0 - Upon comparison of the biochemical conditions that increase the yield of refolded Ni2+NTA bound His6-D(II)-FGFR1 (Tables 8 and 9) and those conditions that increase the overall protein stability of His6-D(II)-FGFR1 (FIGS. 19-24), it is clear that there is a strong correlation between the protein folding results and the protein stability results. Glycerol, salts of the Hofmeister series, and pH 8.5 to 8.9 improve protein folding yield and overall protein stability of His6-D(II)-FGFR1.
- These results are consistent with the model of protein folding in FIG. 26. If the aggregation of unfolded His6-D(II)-FGFR1 is suppressed when immobilized to Ni2+NTA, and a simple two state equilibrium exists between U and N, then the factors that influence the relative position of the equilibrium between U and N should be the same whether one starts from U (in the refolding experiment) or start from N (in the microplate thermal shift assay protein stability screen). Since thermodynamics are path independent, only the initial and final states of this reaction should be important. Since similar biochemical conditions facilitate protein stability and folded protein yield, the simple model for protein folding depicted in FIG. 26 is accurate for this protein. Thus, the microplate thermal shift assay can serve as a rapid and general method for screening biochemical conditions that optimize protein folding.
- FIG. 28 shows the results of microplate thermal shift assays of using each of four fluorescence probe molecules: bis-ANS, 2,6-TNS, 1,8-TNS, and 2,6-ANS. Thrombin solution was diluted to 1 μM in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, and 0.1 M NaCl.
- A Gel Documentation and Analysis System (Alpha Innotech Corp., San Leandro, Calif.) was used to perform a microplate thermal shift assay. This system uses a CCD camera to detect fluorescence emission from stained gels, dot blot assays, and 96 well plates. The excitatory light source was a long wavelength UV trans-illumination box located directly below the CCD camera. The 96 well plate to be assayed was placed on the trans-illumination box within the focal viewing area of the CCD camera (21×26 cm).
- A 2 μM solution of human α-thrombin was prepared in 50 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl by diluting a 34 μM stock solution (1:17) of purified human α-thrombin (Enzyme Research Labs, Madison, Wis.). The human α-thrombin solution also contained 100
μM 1,8-ANS. 100 μL of the human α-thrombin-1,8-ANS solution was aliquoted into each of twelve wells of a single row (row A) of a V-bottom polycarbonate microplate (Costar). A gradient block (RoboCycler™, Stratagene) was used to heat the twelve samples, from 44 to 66° C., across the rows of the microplate. i.e. a temperature gradient of 2° C. per well was established. Thus, well A1 was at 66° C. and well A12 was at 44° C. The control solution that contained 100μM - In this experiment, no filters were employed to narrow the excitatory wavelength to ˜360 nm and the emission wavelength to 460 nm, which are optimal wavelengths for the 1,8 ANS fluorophore. The flat bottom plate was then placed on the near UV transillumination box and the CCD camera was used to measure the amount of emitted light. The plate was also read using a conventional fluorescence plate reader (CytoFluor II), in order to compare the results obtained by the two different detection methods. The results for the two detection methods are plotted in FIG. 40. The results in FIG. 40 show that the CCD camera is useful as a fluorescence emission detector for monitoring the unfolding of a protein in the microplate thermal shift assay.
- An emission filter was used to block out all stray light outside the region of the emission region for 1,8-ANS (˜460 nm). In addition, the 5 μL miniaturized form of the microplate thermal shift assay was employed to test the CCD camera detection method in this configuration. Both the polycarbonate V-bottom and dimple plates were tested. The experiment was essentially the same as described in Example 21, except that the volume of the assay was 5 μL in either the V-bottom or dimple 96 well plates. The temperature range was 44 to 66° C. (right to left) for the V-bottom plate, and 46 to 70° C. (right to left) for the dimple plate. Photographs of the CCD images are shown in FIG. 41. The V-bottom well microplate image is shown in FIG. 41A. The dimple plate image is shown in FIG. 41B. The results obtained from the plate in FIG. 41A is shown in FIG. 42. The results in FIG. 42 show that data obtained using a CCD camera compare very well with data obtained using a fluorescence plate reader that employs a photo-multiplier tube (PMT) for fluorescence detection.
- An empty 384-well black polypropylene thermocycler plate (Matrix, Inc.) was imaged in an enclosed, black-walled metal box using two ultraviolet lamps (365 nm peak emission). The images were recorded using a charge-coupled device (CCD) camera (Cohu) equipped with optical filters. In FIG. 43A, data were collected using a long pass filter (435 cut-on wavelength) was combined with a short pass filter (550 nm cut-off wavelength) to allow transmittance of light from 435 nm to 550 nm into the CCD camera. In FIG. 43B, data were collected using a long pass filter (475 cut-on wavelength) was combined with a short pass filter (550 nm cut-off wavelength) to allow transmittance of light from 475 nm to 550 nm into the CCD camera.
- The images shown in FIGS. 43A and 43B were recorded using an empty, black plate. Therefore, anything present in the image other than the black background is due to unwanted background fluorescence or light scattering coming from contaminants on the surface of the plate (e.g. dust particles). FIG. 43A shows that the amount of background interference is much greater for the 435 longpass filter than for the 475 nm longpass filter (FIG. 43B). This illustrates the importance of imaging at longer wavelengths (greater than 475 nm), and the value of using a reporter dye molecule that emits as much light as possible at wavelengths greater than 475 nm.
- A 0.2 mg/mL solution of chicken muscle pyruvate kinase (Sigma Chemical Co., catalog # P6406) was incubated with either 10 mM 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonate (1,8-ANS) (FIG. 44, open squares) or 10 mM 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate (Molecular Probes catalogue no. D-12800) (FIG. 44, closed squares) in a 500 uL four-sided quartz cuvette. Fluorescence spectra were recorded using a spectrofluorimeter (Florolog, SPEX/ISA), with the excitation monochromator set to 370 nm, and the excitation and emission bandpass slit widths set at 1 nm, The instrument was operated in front-face collection mode, so that fluorescence was collected from the same face of the cuvette that was illuminated by the exciting light source. Emission spectra of native protein+dye were recorded after mixing the protein and dye solutions at room temperature. Emission spectra of denatured protein and fluorescence dye were recorded after the protein/dye solutions were heated to 75° C. for 2 minutes, and then cooled to room temperature immediately prior to data collection. The spectra shown in FIG. 44 are difference spectra that were calculated by subtracting the native protein fluorescence from the denatured protein fluorescence for each dye at 25° C. These difference spectra represent the dependence of the fluorescence signal at the emission wavelength for each reporter dye, and show the increase in fluorescence signal upon the thermal unfolding of pyruvate kinase.
- This example illustrates that at wavelengths above 480 nm, 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate emits an approximately 3.2-fold higher fluorescence signal than 1,8-ANS, when pyruvate kinase is converted from the folded form to the unfolded form.
- A 1 μM thrombin solution was mixed with 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate dye to yield a final concentration of 100 μM 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate. This solution was pipetted into all the wells of a 384-well black thermocycler plate with a final volume of 4 uL per well, and 3 uL of mineral oil was then added to each well. The fluorescence signal from each well was recorded in a closed, black-walld metal box using a cooled CCD camera (SenSys, Photometrix, Inc.) equipped with a 500+/−25 nm bandpass filter. An identical experiment was performed separately, using the same instrument, camera, and filters, except that a final concentration of 100
μM 1,8-ANS was used in place of 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate as the reporter dye. As shown in FIGS. 45A and 45B, the fluorescence signal deflection obtained using 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate (FIG. 45B) was significantly larger than the signal obtained using 1,8 ANS as the reporter dye molecule (FIG. 45A). - The ratio of signals from 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate and 1,8-ANS was calculated by averaging the signals of all 384 wells on each plate, and dividing the average signal from 1,8-ANS into that for 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate. 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate was found to generate 4.25 times more signal than 1,8-ANS. Thus, 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate yields substantially more signal than 1,8-ANS, under the conditions employed, showing that 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate is superior to 1,8-ANS for practicing the thermal unfolding screening assays in the optimal wavelength range.
- It has been found that the fluorescence emission of 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate can be used to collect thermal unfolding data for many different types of proteins, proteins that encompass a wide range of biological functions. Shown in Table 10 are the midpoint transition temperatures from fluorescence thermal shift assays performed using nine different proteins that vary widely in their sizes, stabilities, and biological activities. Thermal shift assays were performed as follows: 10 uL of each reaction mixture was dispensed into a single well of a 384-well polypropylene thermocycler plate, and either 5 uL or 10 uL of mineral oil was added to the top of the mixture (overlaid). Data were recorded at multiple temperatures separated by 1 degree intervals over different temperature ranges.
- For each unfolding study, thermal transitions were measured by heating the samples at each temperature for 3 minutes, followed by incubation at 25° C. for 1 minute, followed by illumination using a UV light source with peak output at 365 mm. During illumination, fluorescence from the 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate was recorded using a CCD camera equipped with a 500 nm bandpass filter. In all experiments, the concentration of 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl) oxazole sulfonate was 100 μM.
- In the order they are presented in Table 10, the assay conditions were as follows: human mdm2, 12kDa fragment (residues 17-127):0.084 mg/mL protein, 50 mM HBEPES, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.5, 3 mM glutathione (reduced form), temperature range: 30-50° C., measured in 1.5 degree increments; human plasminogen activator inhibitor 1:0.05 mg/mL protein, 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.0, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.5, temperature range: 30-60° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments; bovine liver dihydrofolate reductase: 0.2 mg/mL protein, 50 mM HEPES, 100 mM NaCl, pH. 7.5, temperature range: 30-90° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments; human basic fibroblast growth factor: 4 μM protein, 45 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 88 mM NaCl, temperature range: 35-99° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments; the D2/D3 fragment of human basic fibroblast growth factor receptor 1:24 μM protein, 1×phosphate buffered saline (Gibco), 40 mM sodium citrate, 2% plycerol, 10 mM magnesium chloride, temperature range: 30-84° C., measured in 2.0 degree increments; human alpha estrogen receptor: 0.9 μM protein, 50 mM Tris pH 8, 0.25 mM KCL, 5% glycerol, 1 mM EDTA, 2 mM dithiothreitol, 1 mM sodium vanadate, 10 mM magnesium chloride, temperature range: 30-75 ° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments; forHalobacterium halobium bacteriorhodopsin: 5 μM protein, 5 mM sodium acetate pH 5.0, 6.5 mM nonyl-β-glucopyranoside, temperature range: 30-95° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments; bovine muscle myosin: 0.5 mg/mL protein, 50 mM HEPES, 100 mMNaCl, pH 7.5, temperature range: 30-90° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments; for chicken muscle pyruvate kinase: 0.5 mg/mL, protein, 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 100 mM NaCl, temperature range: 30-90° C., measured in 1.0 degree increments.
TABLE 10 Transition midpoint temperatures for different proteins, measured using 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate. Protein Tm (° C.) Human mdm2, 12 kDa fragment (residues 17-127) 65.5 Human plasminogen activator inhibitor 147.6 Bovine liver dihydrofolate reductase 52.5 Human basic fibroblast growth factor 48.5 Human basic fibroblast growth factor receptor, D2/D3 59.0 fragment Human alpha estrogen receptor 46.0 Halobacterium halobium bacteriorhodopsin 73.4 Bovine muscle myosin 49.4 Chicken muscle pyruvate kinase 54.5
Claims (26)
1. A method for ranking the affinity of each of a multiplicity of different molecules for a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, said method comprising
(a) contacting the target molecule with one molecule of a multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers;
(b) simultaneously heating said multiplicity of containers;
(c) measuring the fluorescence in each of said containers;
(d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of said containers;
(e) comparing the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of said containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of said molecules in said multiplicity of different molecules; and
(f) ranking the affinities of each of said molecules according to the difference in said thermal unfolding information between the target molecule in each of said containers and the target molecule in the absence of any of said molecules in the multiplicity of different molecules.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein said thermal unfolding information is the thermal unfolding Tm.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein said target molecule is a protein.
4. The method of claim 1 , wherein said multiplicity of different molecules comprises a combinatorial library.
5. The method of claim 1 , wherein said fluorescence in each of said containers is measured simultaneously.
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein said heating, said measuring, said generating, and said comparing are performed automatically.
7. The method of claim 6 , wherein said contacting is performed automatically.
8. The method of claim 6 , wherein said ranking is performed automatically.
9. The method of claim 6 , wherein said method is high-throughput.
10. The method of claim 1 , wherein said 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye is selected from the group consisting of 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole butylsulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-(2-aminoethyl)sulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof, 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-3-sulfonamidophyenylboronic acid, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonic acid, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonyl hydrazine, 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-(2-bromoacetamidoethyl)sulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-2-(3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionamidoethyl)sulfonamide, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonyl chloride, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole-3-sulfonamidopropionic acid, or a salt or ester thereof; 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole carboxylic acid, or a salt or ester thereof; and 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate, or a salt or ester thereof.
11. The method of claim 10 , wherein said 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye is 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate, or a salt or ester thereof.
12. The method of claim 11 , wherein said 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye is 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole sulfonate, sodium salt.
13. A multi-variable method for ranking the affinity of a combination of two or more of a multiplicity of different molecules for a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, said method comprising:
(a) contacting said target molecule with a combination of two or more different molecules of said multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers;
(b) simultaneously heating said multiplicity of containers;
(c) measuring the fluorescence in each of said containers;
(d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature in each of said containers;
(e) comparing said thermal unfolding information obtained for each of said containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of said other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of the two or more different molecules; and
(f) ranking the affinities of the combinations of said two or more of the multiplicity of different molecules according to the difference in said thermal unfolding information between the target molecule in each of said containers and the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of said molecules in said multiplicity of different molecules.
14. The method of claim 13 , wherein said thermal unfolding information is the thermal unfolding Tm.
15. A method for assaying a collection of a multiplicity of different molecules for a molecule which binds to a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, said method comprising:
(a) contacting said target molecule with a collection of at least two molecules of said multiplicity of different molecules, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers;
(b) simultaneously heating said multiplicity of containers;
(c) measuring the fluorescence in each of said containers;
(d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of said containers;
(e) comparing said thermal unfolding information obtained for each of said containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of said containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of said multiplicity of different molecules; and
(f) ranking the affinities of said collections of different molecules according to the difference in said thermal unfolding information between the target molecule in each of said containers and the thermal unfolding information obtained for the target molecule in the absence of any of said molecules in said multiplicity of different molecules;
(g) selecting the collection of different molecules which contains a molecule with affinity for the target molecule;
(h) dividing the selected collection into smaller collections of molecules in each of a multiplicity of containers; and
(i) repeating the above steps until a single molecule, from said multiplicity of different molecules, is identified.
16. The method of claim 15 , wherein said thermal unfolding information is the thermal unfolding Tm.
17. A multi-variable method for ranking the efficacy of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions for stabilizing a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, said method comprising:
(a) contacting said target molecule with one or more of said multiplicity of biochemical conditions, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers;
(b) simultaneously heating said multiplicity of containers;
(c) measuring the fluorescence in each of said containers;
(d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of said containers;
(e) comparing said thermal unfolding information obtained for each of said containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for said target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and
(f) ranking the efficacies of each of said biochemical conditions for each of said containers according to the difference in said thermal unfolding information between the target molecule for each of said containers and the target molecule under said reference set of biochemical conditions.
18. The method of claim 17 , wherein said thermal unfolding information is the thermal unfolding Tm.
19. A multi-variable method for optimizing the shelf life of a target molecule which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, said method comprising:
(a) contacting said target molecule with one or more of a multiplicity of different molecules or different biochemical conditions, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers;
(b) simultaneously heating said multiplicity of containers;
(c) measuring the fluorescence in each of said containers;
(d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of said containers;
(e) comparing said thermal unfolding information obtained for each of said containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for said target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and
(f) ranking the efficacies of each of said biochemical conditions for each of said containers according to the difference in said thermal unfolding information between the target molecule for each of said containers and the target molecule under said reference set of biochemical conditions.
20. The method of claim 19 , wherein said thermal unfolding information is the thermal unfolding Tm.
21. A multi-variable method for ranking the efficacies of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions to facilitate the refolding or renaturation of a sample of a denatured or unfolded protein, said method comprising:
(a) placing one of the refolded protein samples, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers, wherein each of the refolded protein samples has been previously refolded or renatured according to one or more of the multiplicity of conditions;
(b) simultaneously heating said multiplicity of containers;
(c) measuring the fluorescence in each of said containers;
(d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of said containers;
(e) comparing said thermal unfolding information obtained for each of said containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for said target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and
(f) ranking the efficacies of each of said biochemical conditions for each of said containers according to the difference in said thermal unfolding information between the target molecule for each of said containers and the target molecule under said reference set of biochemical conditions.
22. The method of claim 21 , wherein said thermal unfolding information is the thermal unfolding Tm.
23. A multi-variable method for ranking the efficacies of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions to facilitate the refolding or renaturation of a sample of a denatured unfolded protein, said method comprising
(a) Determining one or more combinations of a multiplicity of different conditions which promote protein stabililty, incubate the denatured protein under said one or more combinations of biochemical conditions that were identified as promoting protein stabilization;
(b) assessing folded protein yield according to the method of claim 18;
(c) ranking the efficacies of said multiplicity of different refolding conditions according to folded protein yield; and
(d) repeating these steps until a combination of biochemical conditions that promote optimal protein folding are identified.
24. The method of claim 23 , wherein said thermal unfolding information is the thermal unfolding Tm.
25. A multi-variable method for ranking the efficacy of one or more of a multiplicity of different biochemical conditions for facilitating the crystallization of a protein which is capable of unfolding due to a thermal change, said method comprising:
(a) contacting the protein with one or more of the multiplicity of different biochemical conditions, in the presence of a 5-(4″-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative dye, in each of a multiplicity of containers;
(b) simultaneously heating said multiplicity of containers;
(c) measuring the fluorescence in each of said containers;
(d) generating thermal unfolding information for the target molecule as a function of temperature for each of said containers;
(e) comparing said thermal unfolding information obtained for each of said containers to (i) the thermal unfolding information obtained for each of the other containers, and (ii) the thermal unfolding information obtained for said target molecule under a reference set of biochemical conditions; and
(f) ranking the efficacies of each of said biochemical conditions for each of said containers according to the difference in said thermal unfolding information between the target molecule for each of said containers and the target molecule under said reference set of biochemical conditions.
26. The method of claim 23 , wherein said thermal unfolding information is the thermal unfolding Tm.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/366,451 US20030175813A1 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 2003-02-14 | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5- (4"-dimethylaminophenyl) -2- (4' -phenyl) oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10808598P | 1998-11-12 | 1998-11-12 | |
US09/438,357 US6569631B1 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 1999-11-12 | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5-(4″dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes |
US10/366,451 US20030175813A1 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 2003-02-14 | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5- (4"-dimethylaminophenyl) -2- (4' -phenyl) oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/438,357 Division US6569631B1 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 1999-11-12 | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5-(4″dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20030175813A1 true US20030175813A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 |
Family
ID=26805508
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/438,357 Expired - Lifetime US6569631B1 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 1999-11-12 | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5-(4″dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes |
US10/366,451 Abandoned US20030175813A1 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 2003-02-14 | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5- (4"-dimethylaminophenyl) -2- (4' -phenyl) oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/438,357 Expired - Lifetime US6569631B1 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 1999-11-12 | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5-(4″dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6569631B1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6852986B1 (en) * | 1999-11-12 | 2005-02-08 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Fluorometer with low heat-generating light source |
US20100110220A1 (en) * | 2007-05-09 | 2010-05-06 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Systems and Methods for High-Throughput Turbidity Measurements |
JP2012108129A (en) * | 2010-11-15 | 2012-06-07 | F Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Apparatus and method for automatically performing heat treatment on liquid sample |
US20130308675A1 (en) * | 2012-05-18 | 2013-11-21 | Smartfield, Inc. | Optimum plant canopy temperature |
Families Citing this family (88)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
AU741049B2 (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2001-11-22 | Life Technologies Corporation | Microplate thermal shift assay and apparatus for ligand development and multi-variable protein chemistry optimization |
US20050095696A9 (en) * | 2000-01-07 | 2005-05-05 | Lemmo Anthony V. | Apparatus and method for high-throughput preparation and characterization of compositions |
US20070021929A1 (en) * | 2000-01-07 | 2007-01-25 | Transform Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Computing methods for control of high-throughput experimental processing, digital analysis, and re-arraying comparative samples in computer-designed arrays |
US20070020662A1 (en) * | 2000-01-07 | 2007-01-25 | Transform Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Computerized control of high-throughput experimental processing and digital analysis of comparative samples for a compound of interest |
AU2002325755A1 (en) * | 2001-09-18 | 2003-04-01 | Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for purification |
US20050079526A1 (en) * | 2002-02-20 | 2005-04-14 | Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for characterizing refolding and aggregation of biological molecules |
CA2477021A1 (en) * | 2002-02-20 | 2003-08-28 | Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for characterizing stability of biological molecules |
WO2003087834A2 (en) * | 2002-04-08 | 2003-10-23 | Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | High throughput analysis of recombinant proteins in multi-well plates |
US7901939B2 (en) * | 2002-05-09 | 2011-03-08 | University Of Chicago | Method for performing crystallization and reactions in pressure-driven fluid plugs |
ATE479899T1 (en) | 2002-05-09 | 2010-09-15 | Univ Chicago | EQUIPMENT AND METHODS FOR PRESSURE CONTROLLED PLUG TRANSPORT AND REACTION |
US20040121445A1 (en) * | 2002-07-31 | 2004-06-24 | Fabien Marino | Cell cultures |
GB0307428D0 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2003-05-07 | Medical Res Council | Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry |
US20060078893A1 (en) | 2004-10-12 | 2006-04-13 | Medical Research Council | Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control |
GB0307403D0 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2003-05-07 | Medical Res Council | Selection by compartmentalised screening |
US7148043B2 (en) * | 2003-05-08 | 2006-12-12 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Systems and methods for fluorescence detection with a movable detection module |
US20050221339A1 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Medical Research Council Harvard University | Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control |
US7968287B2 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2011-06-28 | Medical Research Council Harvard University | In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems |
US7754148B2 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2010-07-13 | Progentech Limited | Instrument for cassette for sample preparation |
US7727473B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2010-06-01 | Progentech Limited | Cassette for sample preparation |
EP2363205A3 (en) | 2006-01-11 | 2014-06-04 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Microfluidic Devices And Methods Of Use In The Formation And Control Of Nanoreactors |
WO2007089777A2 (en) * | 2006-01-31 | 2007-08-09 | University Of Chicago | Method and apparatus for assaying blood clotting |
US9562837B2 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2017-02-07 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Systems for handling microfludic droplets |
EP2530168B1 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2015-09-16 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Microfluidic Devices |
WO2008021123A1 (en) | 2006-08-07 | 2008-02-21 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants |
US20100078077A1 (en) * | 2006-12-19 | 2010-04-01 | Ismagilov Rustem F | Spacers for Microfluidic Channels |
WO2008097559A2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2008-08-14 | Brandeis University | Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems |
WO2008130623A1 (en) | 2007-04-19 | 2008-10-30 | Brandeis University | Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems |
US20100227767A1 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2010-09-09 | Boedicker James Q | Stochastic confinement to detect, manipulate, and utilize molecules and organisms |
WO2009103003A2 (en) * | 2008-02-15 | 2009-08-20 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Scanning fluorescent reader with diffuser system |
US8622987B2 (en) * | 2008-06-04 | 2014-01-07 | The University Of Chicago | Chemistrode, a plug-based microfluidic device and method for stimulation and sampling with high temporal, spatial, and chemical resolution |
US9017946B2 (en) * | 2008-06-23 | 2015-04-28 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Systems and methods for monitoring the amplification of DNA |
EP4047367A1 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2022-08-24 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Method for detecting target analytes with droplet libraries |
EP2376896B1 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2021-05-19 | IT-IS International Ltd | Optical system for chemical and/or biochemical reactions |
EP3415235A1 (en) | 2009-03-23 | 2018-12-19 | Raindance Technologies Inc. | Manipulation of microfluidic droplets |
US9447461B2 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2016-09-20 | California Institute Of Technology | Analysis devices, kits, and related methods for digital quantification of nucleic acids and other analytes |
AU2010229490B2 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2015-02-12 | University Of Chicago | Slip chip device and methods |
US10196700B2 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2019-02-05 | University Of Chicago | Multivolume devices, kits and related methods for quantification and detection of nucleic acids and other analytes |
US9464319B2 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2016-10-11 | California Institute Of Technology | Multivolume devices, kits and related methods for quantification of nucleic acids and other analytes |
WO2011042564A1 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2011-04-14 | Universite De Strasbourg | Labelled silica-based nanomaterial with enhanced properties and uses thereof |
EP2517025B1 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2019-11-27 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets |
US20110165037A1 (en) * | 2010-01-07 | 2011-07-07 | Ismagilov Rustem F | Interfaces that eliminate non-specific adsorption, and introduce specific interactions |
US9366632B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2016-06-14 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Digital analyte analysis |
EP2534267B1 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2018-04-11 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Digital analyte analysis |
US10351905B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2019-07-16 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Digital analyte analysis |
US9399797B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2016-07-26 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Digital analyte analysis |
EP2539426B1 (en) * | 2010-02-23 | 2016-11-09 | Luminex Corporation | Apparatus for integrated sample preparation, reaction and detection |
US9562897B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2017-02-07 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Sandwich assays in droplets |
US9364803B2 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2016-06-14 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Methods for forming mixed droplets |
US9150852B2 (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2015-10-06 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for molecular labeling |
CA2834790C (en) | 2011-05-04 | 2019-04-09 | Luminex Corporation | Apparatus and methods for integrated sample preparation, reaction and detection |
EP2525211B1 (en) | 2011-05-16 | 2018-01-03 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG | Instrument and method for detecting analytes |
EP3709018A1 (en) | 2011-06-02 | 2020-09-16 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Microfluidic apparatus for identifying components of a chemical reaction |
US8841071B2 (en) | 2011-06-02 | 2014-09-23 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Sample multiplexing |
US8658430B2 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2014-02-25 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Manipulating droplet size |
CA2881685C (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2023-12-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microcapsule compositions and methods |
US9701998B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2017-07-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10221442B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-03-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US9951386B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2018-04-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10584381B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-03-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10752949B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-08-25 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10273541B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-04-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10323279B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-06-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11591637B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2023-02-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US10533221B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2020-01-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
EP3567116A1 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2019-11-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
EP2954065B1 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2021-07-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US11901041B2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2024-02-13 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Digital analysis of nucleic acid modification |
US9944977B2 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2018-04-17 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Distinguishing rare variations in a nucleic acid sequence from a sample |
US11193176B2 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2021-12-07 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Method for detecting and quantifying latent retroviral RNA species |
AU2015243445B2 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2020-05-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same |
CN106795553B (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2021-06-04 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Methods of analyzing nucleic acids from individual cells or cell populations |
KR20170073667A (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2017-06-28 | 10엑스 제노믹스, 인크. | Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing |
US9975122B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2018-05-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Instrument systems for integrated sample processing |
CN112126675B (en) | 2015-01-12 | 2022-09-09 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Method and system for preparing nucleic acid sequencing library and library prepared by using same |
EP3262188B1 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2021-05-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for targeted nucleic acid sequence coverage |
WO2016137973A1 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2016-09-01 | 10X Genomics Inc | Partition processing methods and systems |
US10647981B1 (en) | 2015-09-08 | 2020-05-12 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Nucleic acid library generation methods and compositions |
US10774370B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2020-09-15 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
WO2017197338A1 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2017-11-16 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic systems and methods of use |
US10815525B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-10-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10011872B1 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2018-07-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10550429B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-02-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
WO2018140966A1 (en) | 2017-01-30 | 2018-08-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding |
US10844372B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2020-11-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
EP4230746A3 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2023-11-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
EP3954782A1 (en) | 2017-11-15 | 2022-02-16 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Functionalized gel beads |
US10829815B2 (en) | 2017-11-17 | 2020-11-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for associating physical and genetic properties of biological particles |
CN112262218A (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2021-01-22 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | System and method for quality control in single cell processing |
Citations (40)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4580895A (en) * | 1983-10-28 | 1986-04-08 | Dynatech Laboratories, Incorporated | Sample-scanning photometer |
US4626684A (en) * | 1983-07-13 | 1986-12-02 | Landa Isaac J | Rapid and automatic fluorescence immunoassay analyzer for multiple micro-samples |
US4628026A (en) * | 1983-11-15 | 1986-12-09 | Dietlind Gardell | Method and apparatus for automated double fluorochromization analysis in lymphocytotoxicity testing |
US4774055A (en) * | 1985-06-26 | 1988-09-27 | Japan Tectron Instruments Corporation | Automatic analysis apparatus |
US4778763A (en) * | 1985-04-19 | 1988-10-18 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Analytical method and apparatus for determining fluorescence or phosphorescence |
US4859609A (en) * | 1986-04-30 | 1989-08-22 | Genentech, Inc. | Novel receptors for efficient determination of ligands and their antagonists or agonists |
US4963263A (en) * | 1988-03-24 | 1990-10-16 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method of identity analyte-binding peptides |
US5096807A (en) * | 1985-03-06 | 1992-03-17 | Murex Corporation | Imaging immunoassay detection system with background compensation and its use |
US5133866A (en) * | 1988-03-24 | 1992-07-28 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method to identify analyte-bending ligands |
US5200504A (en) * | 1990-10-02 | 1993-04-06 | The Scripps Research Institute | Metallopeptides having stabilized secondary structures |
US5217869A (en) * | 1987-10-13 | 1993-06-08 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method to produce immunodiagnostic reagents |
US5255976A (en) * | 1992-07-10 | 1993-10-26 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Temperature gradient calorimeter |
US5260207A (en) * | 1987-04-06 | 1993-11-09 | Enzon Labs Inc. | Engineering of electrostatic interactions at metal ion binding sites for the stabilization of proteins |
US5290513A (en) * | 1991-07-18 | 1994-03-01 | Laboratorium Prof. Dr. Rudolf Berthold Gmbh & Co. Kg | Radiation measuring device, particularly for luminescence measurements |
US5300425A (en) * | 1987-10-13 | 1994-04-05 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method to produce immunodiagnostic reagents |
US5314825A (en) * | 1992-07-16 | 1994-05-24 | Schiapparelli Biosystems, Inc. | Chemical analyzer |
US5324635A (en) * | 1988-08-26 | 1994-06-28 | Hitcahi, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for automatic measurement of fluorescence |
US5325295A (en) * | 1989-05-04 | 1994-06-28 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Adaptation of microtiter plate technology to measurement of platelet aggregation |
US5338659A (en) * | 1991-04-02 | 1994-08-16 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method for determining analyte concentration by cross-reactivity profiling |
US5340747A (en) * | 1992-03-09 | 1994-08-23 | Difco Laboratories, Inc. | Diagnostic microbiological testing apparatus and method |
US5355215A (en) * | 1992-09-30 | 1994-10-11 | Environmental Research Institute Of Michigan | Method and apparatus for quantitative fluorescence measurements |
US5356784A (en) * | 1993-03-30 | 1994-10-18 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Determination of concentration by affinity titration |
US5383023A (en) * | 1993-03-01 | 1995-01-17 | Walleczek; Jan | Method and apparatus for performing dual-beam dual-wavelength fluorescence spectrophotometric evaluation of a biological specimen |
US5409611A (en) * | 1988-03-24 | 1995-04-25 | Terrapin Technoogies, Inc. | Method to identify analyte-binding ligands |
US5416839A (en) * | 1993-06-02 | 1995-05-16 | Lee; Robert E. | Universal bed-rail clip |
US5436718A (en) * | 1993-07-30 | 1995-07-25 | Biolumin Corporation | Mutli-functional photometer with movable linkage for routing optical fibers |
US5463564A (en) * | 1994-09-16 | 1995-10-31 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | System and method of automatically generating chemical compounds with desired properties |
US5496519A (en) * | 1992-04-30 | 1996-03-05 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Diagnostic processing station |
US5506097A (en) * | 1990-08-24 | 1996-04-09 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Method for inhibiting β-protein enzymatic activity |
US5525300A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1996-06-11 | Stratagene | Thermal cycler including a temperature gradient block |
US5557398A (en) * | 1994-04-15 | 1996-09-17 | Molecular Devices Corporation | Photometric device |
US5585277A (en) * | 1993-06-21 | 1996-12-17 | Scriptgen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Screening method for identifying ligands for target proteins |
US5587293A (en) * | 1994-01-06 | 1996-12-24 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method to identify binding partners |
US5589351A (en) * | 1994-12-06 | 1996-12-31 | Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Fluorescence detection apparatus |
US5599504A (en) * | 1993-07-15 | 1997-02-04 | Hamamatsu Photonics K.K. | Apparatus for detecting denaturation of nucleic acid |
US5631734A (en) * | 1994-02-10 | 1997-05-20 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Method and apparatus for detection of fluorescently labeled materials |
US5679582A (en) * | 1993-06-21 | 1997-10-21 | Scriptgen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Screening method for identifying ligands for target proteins |
US6020141A (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2000-02-01 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development and multi-variable protein chemistry optimization |
US20010003648A1 (en) * | 1997-11-12 | 2001-06-14 | Michael W. Pantoliano | High throughput method for functionally classifying proteins identified using a genomics approach |
US6376180B1 (en) * | 1999-12-09 | 2002-04-23 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company | Methods of identifying compounds that bind to target species under isothermal denaturing conditions |
Family Cites Families (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
HUT69771A (en) | 1990-08-17 | 1995-09-28 | Univ Boston | Proteases causing abnormal degradation of amyloid beta-proteine precursors |
US5994056A (en) | 1991-05-02 | 1999-11-30 | Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. | Homogeneous methods for nucleic acid amplification and detection |
WO1993014781A1 (en) | 1992-01-24 | 1993-08-05 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Novel peptides and method for altering the activity of allosteric proteins |
US5585275A (en) | 1992-09-02 | 1996-12-17 | Arris Pharmaceutical Corporation | Pilot apparatus for peptide synthesis and screening |
CA2115900A1 (en) | 1993-02-22 | 1994-08-23 | Gerald W. Becker | Pharmaceutical screens and antibodies |
CA2129787A1 (en) | 1993-08-27 | 1995-02-28 | Russell G. Higuchi | Monitoring multiple amplification reactions simultaneously and analyzing same |
US5415839A (en) | 1993-10-21 | 1995-05-16 | Abbott Laboratories | Apparatus and method for amplifying and detecting target nucleic acids |
DE69530179T2 (en) | 1994-01-06 | 2004-04-08 | TELIK, INC., Palo Alto | SURROGATES FOR BINDING MOLECULES AND IMPROVED REFERENCE PANELS |
US5935803A (en) | 1994-02-01 | 1999-08-10 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Methods to identify immunomodulators using cognate interaction of PKC-theta |
AU5132096A (en) | 1995-01-30 | 1996-08-21 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Glubodies - multiplicities of proteins capable of binding a variety of small molecules |
US6337183B1 (en) | 1995-09-08 | 2002-01-08 | Scriptgen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Screen for compounds with affinity for nucleic acids |
CA2184195C (en) | 1995-10-25 | 2002-04-16 | Andrew Pakula | Screening method for identifying ligands for target proteins |
DE865502T1 (en) | 1995-12-07 | 1999-08-19 | Scriptgen Pharm Inc | FLUORESCENT-BASED DETECTION METHOD FOR LIGANDS |
DE69735411T2 (en) | 1996-10-09 | 2006-09-07 | Symyx Technologies, Inc., Santa Clara | INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY AND LIBRARY IMAGING |
CA2282418A1 (en) | 1997-03-05 | 1998-09-11 | Scriptgen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Screen employing fluorescence anisotropy to identify compounds with affinity for nucleic acids |
-
1999
- 1999-11-12 US US09/438,357 patent/US6569631B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2003
- 2003-02-14 US US10/366,451 patent/US20030175813A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (53)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4626684A (en) * | 1983-07-13 | 1986-12-02 | Landa Isaac J | Rapid and automatic fluorescence immunoassay analyzer for multiple micro-samples |
US4580895A (en) * | 1983-10-28 | 1986-04-08 | Dynatech Laboratories, Incorporated | Sample-scanning photometer |
US4628026A (en) * | 1983-11-15 | 1986-12-09 | Dietlind Gardell | Method and apparatus for automated double fluorochromization analysis in lymphocytotoxicity testing |
US5096807A (en) * | 1985-03-06 | 1992-03-17 | Murex Corporation | Imaging immunoassay detection system with background compensation and its use |
US4778763A (en) * | 1985-04-19 | 1988-10-18 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Analytical method and apparatus for determining fluorescence or phosphorescence |
US4774055A (en) * | 1985-06-26 | 1988-09-27 | Japan Tectron Instruments Corporation | Automatic analysis apparatus |
US4859609A (en) * | 1986-04-30 | 1989-08-22 | Genentech, Inc. | Novel receptors for efficient determination of ligands and their antagonists or agonists |
US5260207A (en) * | 1987-04-06 | 1993-11-09 | Enzon Labs Inc. | Engineering of electrostatic interactions at metal ion binding sites for the stabilization of proteins |
US5217869A (en) * | 1987-10-13 | 1993-06-08 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method to produce immunodiagnostic reagents |
US5300425A (en) * | 1987-10-13 | 1994-04-05 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method to produce immunodiagnostic reagents |
US4963263A (en) * | 1988-03-24 | 1990-10-16 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method of identity analyte-binding peptides |
US5567317A (en) * | 1988-03-24 | 1996-10-22 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method to identify analyte-binding ligands |
US5133866A (en) * | 1988-03-24 | 1992-07-28 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method to identify analyte-bending ligands |
US5409611A (en) * | 1988-03-24 | 1995-04-25 | Terrapin Technoogies, Inc. | Method to identify analyte-binding ligands |
US5324635A (en) * | 1988-08-26 | 1994-06-28 | Hitcahi, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for automatic measurement of fluorescence |
US5325295A (en) * | 1989-05-04 | 1994-06-28 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Adaptation of microtiter plate technology to measurement of platelet aggregation |
US5506097A (en) * | 1990-08-24 | 1996-04-09 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Method for inhibiting β-protein enzymatic activity |
US5200504A (en) * | 1990-10-02 | 1993-04-06 | The Scripps Research Institute | Metallopeptides having stabilized secondary structures |
US5338659A (en) * | 1991-04-02 | 1994-08-16 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method for determining analyte concentration by cross-reactivity profiling |
US5290513A (en) * | 1991-07-18 | 1994-03-01 | Laboratorium Prof. Dr. Rudolf Berthold Gmbh & Co. Kg | Radiation measuring device, particularly for luminescence measurements |
US5340747A (en) * | 1992-03-09 | 1994-08-23 | Difco Laboratories, Inc. | Diagnostic microbiological testing apparatus and method |
US5496519A (en) * | 1992-04-30 | 1996-03-05 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Diagnostic processing station |
US5255976A (en) * | 1992-07-10 | 1993-10-26 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Temperature gradient calorimeter |
US5314825A (en) * | 1992-07-16 | 1994-05-24 | Schiapparelli Biosystems, Inc. | Chemical analyzer |
US5355215A (en) * | 1992-09-30 | 1994-10-11 | Environmental Research Institute Of Michigan | Method and apparatus for quantitative fluorescence measurements |
US5383023A (en) * | 1993-03-01 | 1995-01-17 | Walleczek; Jan | Method and apparatus for performing dual-beam dual-wavelength fluorescence spectrophotometric evaluation of a biological specimen |
US5356784A (en) * | 1993-03-30 | 1994-10-18 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Determination of concentration by affinity titration |
US5620901A (en) * | 1993-03-30 | 1997-04-15 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Determination of concentration by affinity titration |
US5416839A (en) * | 1993-06-02 | 1995-05-16 | Lee; Robert E. | Universal bed-rail clip |
US5679582A (en) * | 1993-06-21 | 1997-10-21 | Scriptgen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Screening method for identifying ligands for target proteins |
US5585277A (en) * | 1993-06-21 | 1996-12-17 | Scriptgen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Screening method for identifying ligands for target proteins |
US5599504A (en) * | 1993-07-15 | 1997-02-04 | Hamamatsu Photonics K.K. | Apparatus for detecting denaturation of nucleic acid |
US5436718A (en) * | 1993-07-30 | 1995-07-25 | Biolumin Corporation | Mutli-functional photometer with movable linkage for routing optical fibers |
US5525300A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1996-06-11 | Stratagene | Thermal cycler including a temperature gradient block |
US5587293A (en) * | 1994-01-06 | 1996-12-24 | Terrapin Technologies, Inc. | Method to identify binding partners |
US5631734A (en) * | 1994-02-10 | 1997-05-20 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Method and apparatus for detection of fluorescently labeled materials |
US5557398A (en) * | 1994-04-15 | 1996-09-17 | Molecular Devices Corporation | Photometric device |
US5463564A (en) * | 1994-09-16 | 1995-10-31 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | System and method of automatically generating chemical compounds with desired properties |
US5589351A (en) * | 1994-12-06 | 1996-12-31 | Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Fluorescence detection apparatus |
US6303322B1 (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2001-10-16 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for identifying lead compounds |
US20020114734A1 (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2002-08-22 | Pantoliano Michael W. | Microplate thermal shift assay apparatus for ligand development and multi-variable protein chemistry optimization |
US6214293B1 (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2001-04-10 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Microplate thermal shift assay apparatus for ligand development and multi-variable protein chemistry optimization |
US6232085B1 (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2001-05-15 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for determining conditions that stabilize proteins |
US6036920A (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2000-03-14 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Microplate thermal shift assay apparatus for ligand development and multi-variable protein chemistry optimization |
US6268158B1 (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2001-07-31 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for determining conditions that facilitate protein crystallization |
US6268218B1 (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2001-07-31 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for sensing and processing fluorescence data from multiple samples |
US6291192B1 (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2001-09-18 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Method for identifying conditions that facilitate recombinant protein folding |
US6291191B1 (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2001-09-18 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development and multi-variable protein chemistry optimization |
US6020141A (en) * | 1996-05-09 | 2000-02-01 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development and multi-variable protein chemistry optimization |
US20010003648A1 (en) * | 1997-11-12 | 2001-06-14 | Michael W. Pantoliano | High throughput method for functionally classifying proteins identified using a genomics approach |
US20020168686A1 (en) * | 1997-11-12 | 2002-11-14 | Pantoliano Michael W. | High throughput method for functionally classifying proteins identified using a genomics approach |
US20020068298A1 (en) * | 1999-12-09 | 2002-06-06 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Global Intellectual Property | Methods of identifying compounds that bind to target species under isothermal denaturing conditions |
US6376180B1 (en) * | 1999-12-09 | 2002-04-23 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company | Methods of identifying compounds that bind to target species under isothermal denaturing conditions |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6852986B1 (en) * | 1999-11-12 | 2005-02-08 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Fluorometer with low heat-generating light source |
US7109495B2 (en) * | 1999-11-12 | 2006-09-19 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Fluorometer with low heat-generating light source |
US20070194246A1 (en) * | 1999-11-12 | 2007-08-23 | Lee Jerald D | Fluorometer with low heat-generating light source |
US20080212090A1 (en) * | 1999-11-12 | 2008-09-04 | Lee Jerald D | Fluorometer with low heat-generating light source |
US20090230323A1 (en) * | 1999-11-12 | 2009-09-17 | Lee Jerald D | Fluorometer with low heat-generating light source |
US7968856B2 (en) | 1999-11-12 | 2011-06-28 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Fluorometer with low heat-generating light source |
US20110207142A1 (en) * | 1999-11-12 | 2011-08-25 | Lee Jerald D | Fluorometer with low heat-generating light source |
US20100110220A1 (en) * | 2007-05-09 | 2010-05-06 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Systems and Methods for High-Throughput Turbidity Measurements |
JP2012108129A (en) * | 2010-11-15 | 2012-06-07 | F Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Apparatus and method for automatically performing heat treatment on liquid sample |
US20130308675A1 (en) * | 2012-05-18 | 2013-11-21 | Smartfield, Inc. | Optimum plant canopy temperature |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US6569631B1 (en) | 2003-05-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6569631B1 (en) | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5-(4″dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes | |
US6268158B1 (en) | Method for determining conditions that facilitate protein crystallization | |
EP1030678B1 (en) | High throughput method for functionally classifying proteins identified using a genomics approach | |
Asmari et al. | Thermophoresis for characterizing biomolecular interaction | |
Tickle et al. | High-throughput protein crystallography and drug discovery | |
Gaudet et al. | Protein denaturation and protein: drugs interactions from intrinsic protein fluorescence measurements at the nanolitre scale | |
Blackburn et al. | Fabrication of protein function microarrays for systems-oriented proteomic analysis | |
MXPA98009291A (en) | Proof of thermal change in microplates and apparatus for developing ligands and chemical optimization multivariable protei | |
NZ521789A (en) | Functional probe library and apparatus for identifying the previously unidentified biological function of target proteins | |
Liang et al. | Generation and Characterization of Engineered Ubiquitin Variants to Modulate the Ubiquitin Signaling Cascade | |
MXPA00004638A (en) | High throughput method for functionally classifying proteins identified using a genomics approach | |
Lindberg et al. | Inhibitor screening of proprotein convertases using positional scanning libraries | |
CZ20001776A3 (en) | High throughput for functionally classifying proteins identified using a genomic approach |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: JOHNSON & JOHNSON PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH AND DEVE Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:3-DIMENSIONAL PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:017522/0313 Effective date: 20040624 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |